-
41 попадам
1. попадна2. (озовавам се, изпадам) fail, get (в into)(в затвор и пр.) land (in)попадам сред fall among, fall into the company of, как попадна тук? how did you get/land he re?попадам в чужди ръце get/fall into other handsпопадам в клопка/капан be caught in a trap, walk/fall into a trapпопадам в мрежата на be caught in the meshes/net ofпопадам в плен be taken prisonerпопадам под властта на come under the sway ofпопадам под влиянието на come/fall under the influence of3. (улучвам) hitпопадам в целта come/get/hit/strike homeпрен. get homeпопадам точно в целта hit the mark/the bull's eye5. chanced on a good teacherоткъде ти попадна това? where did you pick that up?попадам на диря/следа pick up a trailпопадам на засада fall/walk into an ambushпопадам на мина (за кола и пр.) run into a mine6. (причислявам се) belong; comeтова попада в друга категория this comes under a different category7. в съчет. с каквото, което, дето и пр.каквото ми попадне whatever falls into my hands, whatever comes handy; whatever I can lay hands onкакто ми попадне any old how/wayдето ми попадне at randomудрям дето ми попадне hit out, hit at random8. fall in large numbersкрушите попадаха many pears fell from the tree* * *попа̀дам,гл.1. ( озовавам се, изпадам) fall, get (в into); ( случайно) fall among; (в затвор и пр.) land (in); \попадам в клопка/капан be caught in a trap, walk/fall into a trap; \попадам в плен be taken prisoner; \попадам под властта на come under the sway of; \попадам под ударите на закона fall foul of the law, run afoul of the law;2. ( улучвам) hit; не \попадам точно в целта miss the aim, miss o.’s mark; \попадам в целта come/get/hit/strike home; прен. get home; \попадам точно в целта hit the mark/the bull’s eye;3. ( натъквам се на хора) chance (на on), fall in (with), come across; (на нещо) find, lay o.’s hands (on), stumble (across), ( идея и пр.) pick up, hit upon; \попадам на мина (за кола и пр.) run into a mine;4. ( причислявам се) belong; come; това попада в друга категория this comes under a different category;5. в съчет. с каквото, което, дето и пр.: дето ми попадне at random; каквото ми попадне whatever comes handy; whatever I can lay hands on.* * *come upon (на): попадам on a smuggler - попадам на мошеник; get into: попадам the prison - попадам в затвора; get: How did he попадам here? - Как е попаднал тук?; run across; hit{hit}: попадам the mark - попадам в целта* * *1. (в затвор и пр.) land (in) 2. (на нещо) find, lay o.'s hands (on), light (on, upon), stumble (across), (идея и пр.) pick up 3. (натъквам се) (на хора) chance (на on), fall in (with), come across 4. (озовавам се, изпадам) fail, get (в into) 5. (причислявам се) belong;come 6. (улучвам) hit 7. 1, попадна 8. 5 chanced on a good teacher 9. 8 fall in large numbers 10. ПОПАДАМ в клопка/капан be caught in a trap, walk/fall into a trap 11. ПОПАДАМ в мрежата на be caught in the meshes/net of 12. ПОПАДАМ в плен be taken prisoner 13. ПОПАДАМ в целта come/get/hit/strike home 14. ПОПАДАМ в чужди ръце get/fall into other hands 15. ПОПАДАМ на диря/следа pick up a trail 16. ПОПАДАМ на засада fall/walk into an ambush 17. ПОПАДАМ на мина (за кола и пр.) run into a mine 18. ПОПАДАМ под властта на come under the sway of 19. ПОПАДАМ под влиянието на come/ fall under the influence of 20. ПОПАДАМ сред fall among, fall into the company of, как попадна тук? how did you get/land he re? 21. ПОПАДАМ точно в целта hit the mark/the bull's eye 22. в съчет. с каквото, което, дето и пр.: каквото ми попадне whatever falls into my hands, whatever comes handy;whatever I can lay hands on 23. дето ми попадне at random 24. както ми попадне any old how/way 25. крушите попадаха many pears fell from the tree 26. не ПОПАДАМ точно в целта miss the aim, miss o.'s mark 27. откъде ти попадна това? where did you pick that up? 28. попаднах на добър учител 29. прен. get home 30. това попада в друга категория this comes under a different category 31. удрям дето ми попадне hit out, hit at random -
42 poder
m.1 power (mando, competencia).estar en/hacerse con el poder to be in/to seize powerpoder adquisitivo purchasing powerpoder calorífico calorific valuepoder de convicción persuasive powerstener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-pullerel poder ejecutivo/legislativo/judicial the executive/legislature/judiciary (personas)poderes fácticos the church, military and presspoderes públicos public authoritiesEl poder corrompe a los indecisos Power corrupts the undecided.2 power, authorization.dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize somebody to do somethingpor poderes by proxypoder notarial power of attorney3 faculty.4 proxy, letter of delegation, power of attorney, letter of attorney.Ella se casó usando un poder She married using a proxy.v.1 can, to be able to.no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you2 can, may (tener permiso).no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night¿puedo fumar aquí? may I smoke here?¿se puede? may I come in?3 can (ser capaz moralmente).no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that4 may, can (tener posibilidad, ser posible).puede estallar la guerra war could o may break outpodías haber ido en tren you could have gone by train¡podría habernos invitado! she could o might have invited us! (expresa enfado)puede que llueva it may o might rain¿vendrás mañana? — puede will you come tomorrow? — I may dopuede ser perhaps, maybe5 to be stronger than.tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up6 to can, to may, to be able to, to be apt to.Ella puede correr She is able to run.7 to might, to stand to.Ella podría surgir She might rise above.8 to be capable.* * *Present IndicativePast IndicativeFuture IndicativeConditionalPresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperative* * *1. verb1) can2) to be able3) may2. noun m.1) power2) control3) possession4) strength, force* * *1. VERBO AUXILIAR1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad de)puedo hacerlo solo — I can do it on my own o by myself
¿se puede llamar por teléfono desde aquí? — can you phone from here?
no puede venir — he can't o cannot come
no ha podido venir — he couldn't come, he was unable to come
2) (=tener permiso para)puedes irte — you can o may go
¿puedo usar tu teléfono? — can o may I use your phone?
¿puedo abrir la ventana? — can o may I open the window?
aquí no se puede fumar — you aren't allowed to smoke here, you can't smoke here
3) [en peticiones]¿puedes/puede darme un vaso de agua? — can I/may I have a glass of water please?
¿me puede usted decir cuándo sale el autobús? — can o could you tell me when the bus leaves?
4) [indicando eventualidad]puede o podría estar en cualquier sitio — it could o might be anywhere
¡cuidado, te puedes hacer daño! — careful, you could o might hurt yourself!
podías haberte roto una pierna — you could o might have broken your leg
5) [indicando obligación moral]¡no pueden tratarnos así! — they can't treat us like this!
6) [en cálculos, aproximaciones]¿qué edad puede tener? — I wonder what age he is?, how old do you reckon he is?
7) [en sugerencias]8) [en reproches]¡podías habérmelo dicho! — you could o might have told me!
habría podido ser más amable — she could o might have been a bit nicer
¡al menos podrías disculparte! — you could at least say sorry!
2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad)¡no puedo más! — (=estoy agotado) I can't go on!; (=estoy desesperado) I can't cope any more!; (=he comido mucho) I can't eat another thing!
2) (=tener permiso)¿se puede? — may I come in?
¿puedo? — may I?
3) (=tener dominio, influencia)los que pueden — those who can, those who are able
el dinero puede mucho — money can do almost anything, money talks
poder conpoder a algn: yo le puedo — I'm a match for him; [entre niños] I could have him *
¿puedes con la maleta? — can you manage the suitcase?
no puedo con él — (=no puedo controlarle) I can't handle him; (=pesa mucho) he's too heavy for me
4) [en locuciones]•
a más no poder, es tonto a más no poder — he's as stupid as they come•
no poder por menos que, no pude por menos que decirle lo que pensaba de él — I just had to tell him what I thought of himsu actitud me pudo — his attitude annoyed me o got on my nerves
3.VERBO IMPERSONALpuede (ser) (=es posible) maybe, it may be so, perhapspuede (ser) que ({+ subjun}9})¡no puede ser! — that can't be!, that's impossible!
puede (ser) que esté en la biblioteca — he could o may be in the library, perhaps he's in the library
puede (ser) que tenga uno ya — he may o might have one already
puede (ser) que no venga — he may o might not come
puede (ser) que tenga razón — she may o could be right
4. SUSTANTIVO MASCULINO1) (=capacidad, facultad) powerpoder de convocatoria, tienen un gran poder de convocatoria — they really pull in the crowds, they're real crowd-pullers *
2) (=autoridad, influencia) powerejercen un poder enorme sobre la juventud — they have a lot of power o influence over young people
no tienen poder para oponerse a estas medidas — they are not powerful enough to oppose these measures
3) (Pol)¡el pueblo al poder! — power to the people!
¡Herrera al poder! — Herrera for leader!
•
bajo el poder de algn, estar en el poder, ocupar el poder — to be in power•
el cuarto poder — the fourth estate4) (=fuerza, eficacia)este medicamento no tiene poder contra la tuberculosis — this drug is ineffective o isn't effective against tuberculosis
5) (=potestad)pl poderes powersles dieron amplios poderes para dirigir la empresa — they were given wide-ranging powers to run the company
tiene plenos poderes para intervenir en el asunto — he has full authority to intervene in the matter
6) (Jur)7) (=posesión) possessionesa información está u obra en poder de la juez — that information is in the hands of the judge, that information is in the judge's possession
•
pasar a poder de algn — to pass to sb, pass into sb's possession8) (Fís, Mec) power9) LAm (=persona) drug pusher* * *Iverbo auxiliar¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?
no pudo asistir a la reunión — he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting
¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?
¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?
¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?
¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?
¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in
3) ( expresando derecho moral)4)a) (en quejas, reproches)¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?
podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!
b) ( en sugerencias)c) ( solicitando un favor)¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?
¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?
poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something
6) (en locs)a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit
7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)a) ( ganar)él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him
b) (Méx) ( doler)8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!
9) (en 3a pers)no puede ser que no lo sepa — he must know
no puede ser que ya haya terminado — he can't have finished already
si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible
puede (ser) que tengas razón — you may o could be right
II- puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not
1)a) (control, influencia) powertiene mucho poder en el pueblo — he has a great deal of power o influence in the village
estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power
caer en poder de alguien — ciudad/país to fall to somebody
b) (Pol)tomar el poder — to take o seize power
detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years
2) ( posesión)la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...
obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes
3)a) (derecho, atribución)tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something
b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorneycasarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy
4)a) (capacidad, facultad) powerb) (de motor, aparato) power•* * *Iverbo auxiliar¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?
no pudo asistir a la reunión — he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting
¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?
¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?
¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?
¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?
¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in
3) ( expresando derecho moral)4)a) (en quejas, reproches)¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?
podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!
b) ( en sugerencias)c) ( solicitando un favor)¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?
¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?
poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something
6) (en locs)a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit
7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)a) ( ganar)él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him
b) (Méx) ( doler)8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!
9) (en 3a pers)no puede ser que no lo sepa — he must know
no puede ser que ya haya terminado — he can't have finished already
si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible
puede (ser) que tengas razón — you may o could be right
II- puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not
1)a) (control, influencia) powertiene mucho poder en el pueblo — he has a great deal of power o influence in the village
estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power
caer en poder de alguien — ciudad/país to fall to somebody
b) (Pol)tomar el poder — to take o seize power
detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years
2) ( posesión)la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...
obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes
3)a) (derecho, atribución)tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something
b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorneycasarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy
4)a) (capacidad, facultad) powerb) (de motor, aparato) power•* * *poder11 = force, strength, power, leverage, authority, clout, might, muscle power, power of attorney, sway.Ex: Her reason admitted the force of his arguments, but her instinct opposed it.
Ex: The strength of the acetone rinsing on the strength of the paper is investigated, and its efficiency in removing NM2P is also examined using gas liquid chromatography.Ex: She added that she felt sorry for the assistant because he had so little power.Ex: At certain times, dubious interpretations of the rules have even been used as leverage in gaining ground on matters of dispute between Community partners.Ex: One of the great virtues of networking is that it democratizes access to information and access to authority.Ex: IT executives would like to see their role in the organization elevated, giving them more ' clout', stature and visibility.Ex: Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.Ex: Their development, particularly for replacing human muscle power, has been in parallel with that of information technology, but largely independent of it.Ex: A power of attorney is a legal instrument that is used to delegate legal authority to another.Ex: During this period Africa was influenced by external forces as the Islamic states of the north extended their sway south.* abusar del poder = lord over, lord it over.* abuso de poder = abuse of power.* altas esferas del poder, las = echelons of power, the.* ansioso de poder = power-hungry.* asumir poder = assume + power.* ceder las riendas del poder = hand over + the reins of power.* círculo de poder = circle of power.* con ansias de poder = power-hungry.* conceder poderes = give + powers.* con hambre de poder = power-hungry.* con poder = powerful.* con sed de poder = power-hungry.* control del poder = hold on power.* dar poderes = give + powers.* dejar sin poder = disempower.* división de poderes = division of powers.* ejercer poder = wield + power, exercise + power.* en el poder = in office.* equilibrio de poder = balance of power.* estructura de poder = power structure.* frecuentar los pasillos del poder = stalk + the corridors of power.* gente de poder = wielders of power, powerful people.* gobierno en el poder = ruling government.* grupo de poder = power group.* hambriento de poder = power-hungry.* igualdad de poder = parity of power.* inversión de poderes = power reversal.* jerarquía de poder = scalar chain.* llevar al poder = bring + Nombre + to power.* los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.* los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.* lucha de poderes = power struggle.* lucha por el poder = power struggle.* luchar de poderes = battle of wills.* partido en el poder, el = ruling party, the.* pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.* pasillos del poder, los = corridors of power, the.* perder poder = lose + power.* pérdida de poder = disempowerment.* poder adquisitivo = spending power, purchasing power, buying power.* poder colectivo = collective power.* poder curativo = healing power.* poder de atracción = drawing power.* poder de curación = healing power.* poder de discriminación = discretion.* poder de enganche = holding power.* poder del estado = state power.* poder de negociación = bargaining power.* poder de representación = power of representation.* poder de retención = holding power.* poder divino = divine power.* poder económico = economic leverage.* poder ejecutivo = chief executive, executive arm, executive power.* poder ejecutivo, el = Executive, the.* poder estatal = state power.* poder imperial = imperial power.* poder judicial = judicial arm, judicial system.* poder judicial, el = judiciary, the.* poder legal = statutory power.* poder legislativo = legislative power, legislative arm.* poder mágico = magical power, magic power.* poder notarial = power of attorney.* poder político = political power.* poder presidencial = presidential power.* poder público = public power, public authority.* poder remunerativo = earning power, earning capacity.* poder sobrenatural = supernatural power.* política del poder = power politics.* por poderes = by proxy.* posición de poder = position power.* quitar el poder = disempower.* relación de poder = power relationship.* relaciones de poder = power relations.* sediento de poder = power-hungry.* subida al poder = seizure of power.* subir al poder = rise to + power.* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.* tener el poder de = have + the power to.* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.* tomar el poder = take + power.* tomar las riendas del poder = take + the reins of power.poder22 = be able to, be capable of, can, have + the opportunity, may, qualify for, manage to.Ex: Thus the electronic journal (e-journal) is a concept where scientists are able to input ideas and text to a computer data base for their colleagues to view, and similarly to view the work of others.
Ex: Main classes are thus only capable of precise definition in the contexts of particular classification schemes.Ex: When used by skilled abstractors this mixture of styles can achieve the maximum transmission of information, within a minimum length.Ex: Every librarian, regardless of his government's policy, has the opportunity, if he has the courage, to open the avenues of books and ideas a little wider.Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.Ex: FIAC has drawn up a list of criteria to determine whether an advice centre qualifies for membership of the Federation.Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.* Algo por lo que se puede cobrar = billable.* al que no se puede dejar de faltar = unmissable.* como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.* cuando antes pueda = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.* de modo que + poder + oír = within earshot of.* en el que se puede buscar = searchable.* estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish, moreish.* hacerlo lo mejor que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost.* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into.* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + heart out.* hacer todo lo que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + best, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can.* hacer todo lo que Uno pueda (dado) = do + the best possible (with).* lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.* muy bien + podría + Verbo = might + well + Verbo.* muy bien + puede + Verbo = may well + Verbo.* nada puede estar más apartado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.* noche sin poder dormir = sleepless night.* no poder = be unable to, cannot, can't [cannot].* no poder aguantar a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.* no poder conciliar el sueño = have + trouble sleeping.* no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.* no poder dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be stressed too strongly, cannot + give + too much emphasis + to the importance of.* no poder dormir = sleeplessness.* no poder estarse quieto = have + the fidgets, fidget.* no poder evitar + Infinitivo = cannot help + Gerundio, cannot help but + Verbo.* no poder evitar mencionar = cannot but notice.* no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.* no poder permitirse = ill afford.* no poder permitirse el lujo de = ill afford.* no poder quitarse Algo de la cabeza = can't get it out of my mind.* no poderse buscar = be unsearchable.* no poderse negar que = there + be + no denying that.* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.* no pude evitar notar que = couldn't help but notice (that).* no puedo aguantarlo = can't take it.* no puedo comprender = I can't get over.* No se le puede pedir peras al olmo = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear.* no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + de = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised.* no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + of = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.* no se puede dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised, the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.* personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.* poder contar con = be there for + Pronombre, be there for + Pronombre.* poder + Infinitivo = succeed in + Gerundio.* poderse afirmar que = it + be + safe to say that.* poderse contestar = be answerable.* poderse integrar en = be integrable in.* poderse localizar = be locatable.* poder utilizarse = be usable.* por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.* puede muy bien ser = could well be.* puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.* puede que = maybe.* puede que al final sea para bien = be a blessing in disguise.* ¿Puede repetir? = I beg your pardon?, I beg your pardon?.* que no se le puede dar un nombre = unnameable.* que no se puede conseguir = unobtainable.* que no se puede entregar = undeliverable.* que no se puede hacer cumplir = unenforceable.* que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.* que no se puede uno perder = unmissable.* que puede causar detención = arrestable.* que puede demostrarse = demonstrably.* que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.* que puede ser apilado = stacking.* que puede ser usado a través de la web = web-compliant.* querer es poder = where there's a will there's a way.* que se le puede dar un nombre = nameable.* que se puede arreglar = fixable.* que se puede buscar = searchable.* que se puede cambiar de tamaño = resizeable [re-sizeable].* que se puede escuchar = playable.* que se puede hacer cumplir = enforceable.* que se puede identificar con un término = nameable.* que se puede imprimir = printable.* que se puede quitar = detachable.* que se puede separar = detachable.* que se puede visualizar = viewable.* sálvese el que pueda = free-for-all.* sálvese quien pueda = the devil take the hindmost, every man for himself, let battle commence.* se puede = is to be.* siempre que uno puede dedicarle el tiempo = in + Posesivo + own time.* sin poder contenerse = helplessly.* sin poder dormir = sleepless.* sin poder extinguirlo = inextinguishably.* sin poder hacer nada = helplessly.* tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.* todavía + poderse + escuchar los ecos de = echo + still resound from.* * *A tener la capacidad deB expresando idea de permisoC expresando un derecho moralD1 en quejas, reproches2 en sugerencias3 solicitando un favorA1 poder con algo/alguien2 el dinero lo puede todoB en locucionesC1 vencer, ganar2 dolerA con idea de eventualidadB en tercera personaA(tener la capacidad o posibilidad de): ven en cuanto puedas come as soon as you canno puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much¿cómo que no puedes? what do you mean, you can't do it ( o you can't come etc)?no podía dejar de reír I couldn't stop laughingno va a poder venir he won't be able to come¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta definitiva? when will you be able to o when can you give me a firm answer?no pude convencerla I couldn't persuade herno pudo asistir a la reunión he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting¿pudiste hacerlo sola? did you manage to do it o were you able to do it on your own?hicimos todo lo que pudimos por ayudarlos we did everything in our power o everything we could to help themno se puede valer por sí mismo he can't manage by himselfno habría podido hacerlo sin tu ayuda I wouldn't have been able to do it o I couldn't have done it without your helpno debe (de) haber podido encontrarlo she obviously couldn't find it o can't have found it¡este niño no se puede estar quieto ni un minuto! this child just won't o can't keep still for a minute!con aquel ruido no se podía trabajar it was impossible to work o you couldn't work with that noise going on¿sabes que se han prometido? — ¡no te (lo) puedo creer! do you know they're engaged? — you're joking! o I don't believe it!B(expresando idea de permiso): ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?ya pueden volver la hoja you may turn the page over now¿me puedo ir? — ¡no señor! can o may I go? — no, you cannot o may not!¿sales a jugar? — no puedo, estoy castigada are you coming out to play? — I can't, I'm being kept in¿puedo pasar? may I come in?¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? may I make a suggestion?¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? could I leave a little earlier today?por mí, puedes hacer lo que quieras as far as I'm concerned, you can do whatever you likeno puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt¿quién te lo dijo, si se puede saber? who told you, may I ask?¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come inaquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here, you can't smoke hereC(expresando un derecho moral): no podemos hacerle eso we can't do that to herdespués de lo que has trabajado, bien puedes tomarte un descanso you're entitled to o you deserve a rest after all the work you've donees lo menos que puedes hacer it's the least you can doD1(en quejas, reproches): ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? how could you do such a thing?¿cómo puedes ser tan ingrato? how can you be so ungrateful?podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!2(en sugerencias): podrías or podías pedírselo tú, a ti siempre te hace caso why don't you ask him? he always listens to youya te puedes ir haciendo a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea3(solicitando un favor): ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?¿no puedes irte a jugar a otra parte? can't you go and play somewhere else?A1 poder CON algo/algn:¿tú puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcaseyo no puedo solo con la casa, los niños y la tienda I can't do the housework, look after the children and run the store all on my own, I can't cope with the house, the children and the store all on my ownno pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get o come to grips with German and he gave up¡con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!no se la puede con el trabajo he can't cope with the job o manage the job2el dinero lo puede todo money talks, you can do anything if you have moneyB ( en locuciones):a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burstgana dinero a más no poder she's making pots of money ( colloq), she's making money hand over fistes feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they comecorrimos a más no poder we ran for all we were worth o as fast as we couldno poder más: estoy que no puedo más (de cansancio) I'm exhausteda mí no me des postre que ya no puedo más don't serve me any dessert, I can't eat anything elseya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this childno podía más, y ese estúpido que no salía del cuarto de baño I was desperate o I was bursting to go and that idiot wouldn't come out of the bathroom ( colloq)ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me madno poder (por) menos que: uno no puede menos que sentirse halagado one can't help feeling flatteredno puedo menos que expresar mi profunda decepción I feel I must say how deeply disappointed I amno pudo menos que reconocer que teníamos razón she had no alternative but to admit that we were rightC1 ( fam)(vencer, ganar): él es más alto pero tú le puedes he's taller than you but you can beat himtu papá no le puede al mío your dad's not as strong as minea gracioso no hay quien le pueda as a comic, there's no-one to beat him o he's unbeatable2( Méx fam) (doler): tu desprecio le puede mucho she's very hurt by your disdainful attitude, your disdainful attitude hurts her deeplynos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio we were greatly saddened o terribly upset by Julio's deathA(con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): puede aparecer en cualquier momento he may turn up at any momentde él se puede esperar cualquier cosa anything's possible with himno sé dónde lo puedo haber puesto I don't know where I can have put itno hagas nada que pueda resultar sospechoso don't do anything that might look suspiciouspuede haber venido mientras no estábamos he may have come while we were outhace horas que están reunidos ¿de qué pueden estar hablando? they've been in that meeting for hours, what can they be talking about?te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!un error así puede costar millones a mistake like that could cost millionsno podía haber estado más amable she couldn't have been kinderllaman a la puerta — ¿quién podrá ser a estas horas? there's someone at the door — who can o could it be at this time?podría volver a ocurrir it could happen againPilar no pudo haber sido it couldn't have been PilarB ( en tercera persona):¿nos habrá mentido? — no sé, puede ser do you think he lied to us? — I don't know, he may have done o it's possibleno puede ser que no lo sepa he must knowno puede ser que ya haya terminado he can't have finished alreadysi puede ser or ( Esp) a poder ser preferiría la cuarta fila if possible, I'd prefer row fourme habría gustado verlo pero no pudo ser I would have liked to see him but it wasn't possible o it wasn't to bepuede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be rightpuede (ser) que no nos haya visto he may not have seen us¿vas a votar para ella? — puede que sí or puede are you going to vote for her? — maybe o I may¿lo vas a aceptar? — puede que sí, puede que no are you going to accept it? — maybe, maybe notA1 (control, influencia) powerel poder de la prensa the power of the presstiene mucho poder en el pueblo he has a great deal of power o influence o he is a very powerful man in the villagela Familia Real no tiene ningún poder the Royal Family has no powerConstantinopla cayó en poder de los turcos Constantinople fell to the Turksestamos/nos tiene en su poder we are/she has us in her power2 ( Pol):el poder powerestar en el poder to be in powertomar el poder to take o seize powerasumir el poder to assume powerdetenta el poder desde hace 20 años ( frml); he has held power for 20 yearslleva cuatro años en el poder he has been in power for four yearstoda la vida buscó el poder y la gloria all her life she sought power and fameel poder en la sombra the power behind the throneel poder corrompe power corruptsB(posesión): la carta está en poder de las autoridades the letter is in the hands of the authoritieshay que evitar que llegue a su poder we have to stop it falling into his handsobra en su poder la copia del acta ( frml); you have in your possession a copy of the minutesla solicitud ya pasó a poder de la oficina central the application has already been passed to our head officeC1(derecho, atribución): tiene amplios/plenos poderes para investigar el asunto he has wide-ranging powers/full authority to investigate the matterla entrega or transmisión de poderes the handing over o transmission of powerlos poderes de la junta son ilimitados the junta has unlimited powerslos poderes que le han sido conferidos the powers which have been vested in himla separación de poderes entre la Iglesia y el Estado the division o separation of power between the Church and the StateD1 (capacidad, facultad) powersu poder de convicción or de persuasión her power of persuasionel poder del amor/de la sugestión the power of love/of suggestiontiene poderes extrasensoriales he has extrasensory powers2 (de un motor, aparato) powerCompuestos:masculine absolute powermasculine (de una divisa, un sueldo) purchasing power, buying power; (de una persona, un grupo) purchasing power, spending powermasculine divine powerel poder ejecutivo the executivempl power of attorneympl:los poderes públicos the authoritiesel poder judicial the judiciaryel poder legislativo the legislature* * *
poder 1 ( conjugate poder) v aux
1 ( tener la capacidad o posibilidad de):
no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much;
no podía dormir I couldn't sleep;
no va a poder venir he won't be able to come;
no pudo asistir he was unable to o he couldn't attend;
¿pudiste hacerlo sola? were you able to do it on your own?
2a) ( expresando idea de permiso):◊ ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?;
¿podría irme más temprano hoy? could I leave earlier today?;
puedes hacer lo que quieras you can do whatever you like;
no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt;
¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come in;
aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed hereb) ( solicitando un favor):◊ ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?;
¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?
3 ( expresando derecho moral):
4 (en quejas, reproches): podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!
( con idea de esfuerzo)
1 poder con algo/algn:◊ ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?;
no puedo con este niño I can't cope with this child;
estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted;
( lleno) I can't eat anything else;
2 (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!;
podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again;
no pudo ser it wasn't possible;
puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right;
puede que sí, puede que no maybe, maybe not
3 (Méx) ( doler):
poder 2 sustantivo masculino
1
estamos en su poder we are in her powerb) (Pol)
estar en el poder to be in power;
tomar el poder to take o seize power
2 ( posesión):◊ la carta está en poder de … the letter is in the hands of …
3
( hecho ante notario) power of attorney;
casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy
4
poder adquisitivo purchasing power
poder 1 sustantivo masculino power
Jur por poderes, by proxy
Econ poder adquisitivo, purchasing power
poder 2
I verbo transitivo
1 (tener capacidad) to be able to, can: no puedo evitarlo, I can't help it
podías habernos avisado, you could/ might have warned us
2 (tener derecho o autorización) may, might, can
¿puedo repetir?, may I have a second helping?
no puede tomar carne de cerdo, he can't eat pork
las mujeres ya pueden votar, women can already vote
3 (uso impers) may, might: puede que la vea luego, I might see her later
puede que sí, puede que no, maybe, maybe not
II verbo intransitivo
1 to cope [con, with]: no puedo con todo, I can't cope
2 (vencer, tener más fuerza) to be stronger than
En el presente, can y to be able to son sinónimos. Sin embargo, en el pasado could significa que podías hacer algo, mientras que was o were able to significa que, además de poder hacerlo, lo hiciste: I could tell him the truth. Podía decirle la verdad (no sabemos si lo hice). I was able to tell him the truth. Fui capaz de decirle la verdad (lo hice). En el futuro solo podemos emplear to be able to: I will be able to do it tomorrow. Podré hacerlo mañana.
Para expresar posibilidad puedes usar may, could o might. La diferencia consiste en el grado de probabilidad que sugieren. Recuerda que may se refiere a hechos más probables que might o could: Puede que llueva mañana. It may rain tomorrow (crees que es posible). It might/ could rain tomorrow (crees que la posibilidad es más remota).
' poder' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
absoluta
- absoluto
- abusar
- abuso
- adquisitiva
- adquisitivo
- ámbito
- caber
- CGPJ
- concentrar
- continuismo
- desgaste
- desperdicio
- destronar
- desvelarse
- dominio
- entregar
- erótica
- excedente
- garra
- grabar
- grandeza
- idea
- informal
- judicial
- legislativa
- legislativo
- manifestarse
- mano
- obrar
- parcela
- remediar
- respirar
- sátrapa
- sed
- seducción
- someterse
- sugestión
- usurpar
- ver
- acumular
- anhelar
- ansia
- ansiar
- atribuir
- autoridad
- ávido
- ceder
- clavar
- confiar
English:
able
- abuse
- afford
- anything
- assume
- assumption
- can
- conform
- cope
- encroach
- fold
- form
- foursome
- get
- glad
- greed
- greediness
- greedy
- handle
- hungry
- lust
- make
- manage
- may
- might
- office
- out
- power
- power of attorney
- proxy
- purchasing power
- seize
- seizure
- spending power
- stick
- stranglehold
- take aside
- takeover
- unable
- use
- utmost
- whichever
- zenith
- could
- executive
- height
- helplessly
- judiciary
- lie
- peace
* * *poder1 nm1. [mando, autoridad] power;la gente con más poder en la organización the most powerful people in the organization;estar en el poder to be in power;perder el poder to lose power;el poder corrompe power corrupts;la separación de poderes the separation of powers;de poder a poder: un enfrentamiento de poder a poder a heavyweight contest;el partido se disputó de poder a poder it was a close contest between two excellent sidespoder absoluto absolute power;el poder ejecutivo [el gobierno] the executive;los poderes fácticos the centres of power in society;el poder judicial [los jueces] the judiciary;el poder legislativo [las cortes] the legislature;poderes públicos (public) authoritiesobra en su poder un documento comprometedor she has in her possession a compromising document;tienen en su poder a varios rehenes they have taken a number of hostages;el pueblo cayó en poder del enemigo the town fell to the enemy;la casa pasó a poder del banco ownership of the house was transferred to the bank3. [capacidad] power;un producto con gran poder de limpieza a very powerful cleaning product;tener poderes (paranormales) to be psychic, to have psychic powerspoder adquisitivo [de salario] purchasing o buying power; [de persona] disposable income;poder calorífico calorific value;poder de convicción persuasive powers;poder de convocatoria: [m5] tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller;Mil poder de disuasión deterrent force; Mil poder disuasorio deterrent force4. [autorización] power, authorization;[documento] power of attorney;dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize sb to do sth;tener plenos poderes para hacer algo to be fully authorized to do sth;por poderes by proxy;poder notarial power of attorney [witnessed by a notary]♦ vi1. [tener facultad, capacidad] can, to be able to;no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you;ahora mismo no podemos atenderle, llame más tarde we can't o we are unable to take your call right now, please call later;¿puede correrse un poco, por favor? could you move up a bit, please?;al final pudo salir de allí in the end she managed to get out of there;¡así no se puede hacer nada! we'll never get anywhere like this!;de poder ir, sería a partir de las siete if I manage to o can make it, it will be after seven;en cuanto pueda as soon as possible;si puedo, te llamaré I'll call you if I get the chance2. [tener permiso] can, may;no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night;¿podríamos ir contigo? could we go with you?;¿podría hablar un momento con usted? could I have a word with you?;¿se pueden hacer fotos? can we o are we allowed to take photos?;¿puedo fumar aquí? may o can I smoke here?;no se puede fumar you're not allowed to smoke;¿se puede? may I come in?;¿se puede saber dónde te habías metido? might I know o would you mind telling me where you were?3. [ser capaz moralmente] can;no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that;¿cómo puedes decir una cosa así? how can you say such a thing?4. [tener posibilidad, ser posible] may, can;puede volver de un momento a otro she could come back any moment;puedo haberlo perdido I may have lost it;podías haber cogido el tren you could have caught the train;puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out;¡habría podido invitarnos!, ¡podría habernos invitado! [expresa enfado] she could o might have invited us!;[tarea, problema] to be able to cope with;¿puedes con todas las bolsas? can you manage all those bags?;no puedo con este baúl, ¿me ayudas a levantarlo? I can't lift this trunk on my own, can you give me a hand?;no poder con algo/alguien [no soportar] not to be able to stand sth/sb;no puedo con la hipocresía I can't stand hypocrisy;¡contigo no hay quien pueda! you're impossible!es avaro a más no poder he's as miserly as can be;llovía a más no poder it was absolutely pouring down;la pierna me dolía a más no poder you can't imagine how much my leg was hurting;no poder más [estar cansado] to be too tired to carry on;[estar harto de comer] to be full (up); [estar enfadado, harto] to have had enough;no pude por menos que reírme I had to laugh, I couldn't help but laugh;Fam¡ya podrás, con una máquina como esa! anyone could do it with a machine like that!;no puedo con mi alma I'm ready to drop♦ v impersonal[ser posible] may;puede que llueva it may o might rain;puede que se haya equivocado she may be wrong;¿vendrás mañana? – puede will you come tomorrow? – I may do;puede que sí o puede que no maybe, maybe not;puede ser perhaps, maybe;si puede ser, a poder ser if (at all) possible;lo siento, pero no va a poder ser I'm sorry, but it's not going to be possible;puede ser que no lo sepa she may not know;¡no puede ser que sea ya tan tarde! surely it can't be that late already!♦ vt1. [ser más fuerte que] to be stronger than;tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up;mi coche le puede al tuyo my car is faster than yours any dayle pudo su derrota, todavía no se repone losing really got to her, she still hasn't got over it* * *I v/aux1 capacidad can, be able to;no pude hablar con ella I wasn’t able to talk to her2 permiso can, be allowed to;¿puedo ir contigo? can o may I come with you?3 posibilidad may, might;¡podías habérselo dicho! you could have o you might have told himII v/i:me puede he can beat me;es franco a más no poder fam he’s as frank as they come fam ;comimos a más no poder fam we ate to bursting point fam ;no puedo más I can’t take any more, I’ve had enough;a poder ser if possible;puede ser perhaps, maybe;¡no puede ser! it can’t be!, that can’t be right!;puede que perhaps, maybe;puede ser que no lo sepa maybe o perhaps he doesn’t know;¿se puede? can I come in?, do you mind if I come in?;no pude menos de insultarle insulting him was the least I could doen poder de alguien in s.o.’s hands;plenos poderes pl full authority sg ;por poderes, L.Am.los poder es públicos the authorities* * *poder {58} v aux1) : to be able to, canno puede hablar: he can't speakpuede llover: it may rain at any moment¿cómo puede ser?: how can that be?¿puedo ir a la fiesta?: can I go to the party?¿se puede?: may I come in?poder vi1) : to beat, to defeatcree que le puede a cualquiera: he thinks he can beat anyone2) : to be possible¿crees que vendrán? - puede (que sí): do you think they'll come? - maybe3)poder con : to cope with, to manage¡no puedo con estos niños!: I can't handle these children!4)no poder más : to have had enoughno puede más: she can't take anymore5)no poder menos que : to not be able to helpno pudo menos que asombrarse: she couldn't help but be amazedpoder nm1) : control, powerpoder adquisitivo: purchasing power2) : authorityel poder legislativo: the legislature3) : possessionestá en mi poder: it's in my hands4) : strength, forcepoder militar: military might* * *poder1 n (en general) powerpoder2 vb1. (capacidad, posibilidad) can / could / to be able to¿puedo echarte una mano? can I give you a hand?¿qué podemos comprarle? what can we buy her?¿cuándo podrás venir? when will you be able to come?2. (permiso) can / may¿puedo hablar con el jefe? can I speak to the boss?¿se puede pasar? can I come in?3. (probabilidad) may / could / mightpuede que venga, puede que no he might come, he might notpoder con to manage / to cope with -
43 passer
passer [pαse]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 1━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque passer fait partie d'une locution comme passer sous le nez de qn, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <• où passe la route ? where does the road go?► passer à ( = passer par, aller à)• si nous passions au salon ? shall we go into the sitting room?• le confort, ça passe après comfort is less important► passer avant• passez donc devant ! you go first!• il est passé devant le conseil de discipline he came up before the disciplinary committee► passer par to go through• pour y aller, je passe par Amiens I go there via Amiens• par où êtes-vous passé ? (pour venir ici) which way did you come? ; (pour aller ailleurs) which way did you go?• pour téléphoner, il faut passer par le standard you have to go through the switchboard to make a call• ça fait du bien par où ça passe ! (inf) that's just what the doctor ordered! (inf)► passer sous to go under• l'air passe sous la porte there's a draught from under the door► passer sur to go over ; ( = ignorer) to ignore• et je passe sur la saleté du lieu ! not to mention how dirty the place was!► laisser passer [+ air, lumière] to let in ; [+ personne, procession] to let through ; [+ erreur, occasion] to missb. ( = faire une halte rapide) passer au bureau to call in at the office► passer + infinitif• puis-je passer te voir en vitesse ? can I pop round?► en passant ( = sur le chemin) on the way ; ( = dans la conversation) in passing• il aime tous les sports, du football à la boxe en passant par le golf he likes all sports, from football to golf to boxingd. ( = franchir un obstacle) [véhicule] to get through ; [cheval, sauteur] to get over• ça passe ? (en manœuvrant) have I got enough room?e. ( = s'écouler) [temps] to go by• comme le temps passe ! how time flies!f. ( = être digéré) to go down• ça ne passe pas [repas] I've got indigestiong. ( = être accepté) [demande, proposition] to be accepted• il est passé dans la classe supérieure he's moved up to the next class (Brit) he's been promoted to the next grade (US)• l'équipe est passée en 2e division the team have moved up to the second divisionh. ( = devenir) to becomei. ( = être montré) [film, émission, personne] to be onj. ( = disparaître) [douleur] to pass ; [orage] to blow over ; [beauté, couleur] to fade ; [colère] to subside ; [mode] to die outl. (locutions) qu'il soit menteur, passe encore,... he may be a liar, that's one thing,...• se faire passer pour to pass o.s. off ason a eu la grippe, tout le monde y est passé we've all had flu• si elle veut une promotion, il faudra bien qu'elle y passe (sexuellement) if she wants to be promoted, she'll have to sleep with the boss► passons let's say no more about it2. <a. ( = franchir) [+ frontière] to cross ; [+ porte] to go throughb. ( = donner, transmettre) to give ; [+ consigne, message] to pass on• je vous passe M. Duroy [standard] I'm putting you through to Mr Duroy ; ( = je lui passe l'appareil) here's Mr Duroyc. ( = mettre) [+ vêtement] to put ond. ( = dépasser) [+ gare, maison] to passe. ( = omettre) [+ mot, ligne] to leave out• et j'en passe ! and that's not all!f. ( = permettre) passer un caprice à qn to humour sbg. [+ examen] to takeh. [+ temps, vacances] to spendi. [+ film, diapositives] to show ; [+ disque] to playj. [+ commande] to place3. <a. ( = avoir lieu) to happen• qu'est-ce qui s'est passé ? what happened?• que se passe-t-il ? what's going on?• ça ne se passera pas comme ça ! I won't stand for that!b. ( = se mettre à soi-même) elle s'est passé de la crème solaire sur les épaules she put some sun cream on her shouldersc. (se transmettre) [+ ballon] to pass to each other ; [+ notes de cours, livre, plat] to pass around━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━+1! La traduction la plus courante de passer n'est pas to pass ; passer un examen se traduit par to take an exam.* * *pɑse
1.
1) ( franchir) to cross [fleuve, frontière]; to go through [porte, douane]; to get over [obstacle]2) ( faire franchir)3) ( dépasser) to go past, to passquand vous aurez passé le feu, tournez à droite — turn right after the lights
4) ( mettre)5) ( transmettre) to pass [objet] (à to); to pass [something] on [consigne, maladie] (à to); ( prêter) (colloq) to lend ( à quelqu'un to somebody); ( donner) (colloq) to give ( à quelqu'un to somebody)6) ( au téléphone)attends, je te la passe — hold on, here she is, I'll put her on
je vous le passe — ( sur un autre poste) I'm putting you through
7) ( se présenter à) to take, to sit [examen scolaire, test]; to have [visite médicale, entretien]c'est moi qui fais passer l'oral de français aux nouveaux — I'm taking the new pupils for the French oral
8) ( réussir) to pass [examen, test]9) ( dans le temps) to spend [temps] ( à faire doing)dépêche-toi, on ne va pas y passer la nuit! — (colloq) hurry up, or we'll be here all night!
10) ( pardonner)11) ( omettre) to skip [mot, page, paragraphe]j'en passe et des meilleures — (colloq) ( après énumération) and so on and so forth, I could go on
12) ( utiliser)passer l'aspirateur dans le salon — to hoover® GB ou vacuum the lounge
13) ( étendre)14) ( soumettre)qu'est-ce qu'elle nous a passé! — (colloq) she really went for us! (colloq)
15) ( à travers une grille) to filter [café]; to strain [jus, sauce]; to purée [légumes]16) ( enfiler) to slip [something] on [vêtement, anneau]; to slip into [robe]17) ( faire jouer) to play [disque, cassette audio]; ( projeter) to show [film, diapositives, cassette vidéo]; ( diffuser) to place [annonce]18) ( signer) to sign [contrat]; to enter into [accord]; to place [commande]; to pass [loi, décret]passer un marché — (colloq) to make a deal
19) Automobile ( enclencher)passer la troisième/la marche arrière — to go into third gear/into reverse
20) Jeux
2.
verbe intransitif1) ( parcourir son chemin) [personne, animal, véhicule, ballon] to go past ou by, to passle facteur n'est pas encore passé — the postman hasn't come ou been yet
passer à pied/à bicyclette — to walk/to cycle past
2) (se trouver, s'étendre)ligne qui passe par les centres de deux cercles — line that goes through the centres [BrE] of two circles
3) ( faire un saut)je ne fais que passer — I've just popped in GB ou dropped by for a minute
passer dans la matinée — to call in the morning GB, to come over in the morning
passer prendre quelqu'un/qch — to pick somebody/sth up
4) ( se rendre) to goil est passé devant moi — ( dans une queue) he pushed in front of me
5) ( aller au-delà) to get throughvas-y, ça passe! — go on, there's plenty of room!
il est passé par la fenêtre — ( par accident) he fell out of the window; ( pour entrer) he got in through the window
passer derrière la maison — to get round GB ou around US the back of the house
6) ( transiter)passer par — [personne] lit to pass ou go through; fig to go through
qu'est-ce qui lui est passé par la tête? — what was he/she thinking of?
un sourire passa sur ses lèvres — he/she smiled briefly
des reptiles à l'homme, en passant par le singe — from reptiles to man, including apes
7) (colloq) ( avoir son tour)il accuse le patron, ses collègues, bref, tout le monde y passe — he's accusing the boss, his colleagues - in other words, everyone in sight
que ça te plaise ou non, il va falloir y passer — whether you like it or not, there's no alternative
je sais, j'en suis déjà passé par là — I know all about that, I've been there (colloq)
8) ( négliger)passons! — ( injonction) let's hear no more about it!
passer à côté d'une question — ( involontairement) to miss the point
laisser passer quelque chose — ( délibérément) to overlook something
laisser passer plusieurs fautes — ( par inadvertance) to let several mistakes slip through
9) ( ne pas approfondir)10) (être admis, supporté) [aliment, repas] to go down; [commentaires, discours, critiques] to go down well ( auprès de with); [loi, candidat] to get through; [attitude, pensée] to be acceptedprends un peu de cognac, ça fait passer! — have a drop of brandy, it's good for the digestion
que je sois critiqué, passe encore, mais calomnié, non! — criticism is one thing, but I draw the line at slander
avec lui, la flatterie, ça ne passe pas — flattery won't work with him
passer au premier tour — Politique to be elected in the first round
passer dans la classe supérieure — to move up to the next year ou grade US
(ça) passe pour cette fois — (colloq) I'll let it go this time
11) ( se déplacer)12) ( être pris)faire passer quelqu'un/qch pour exceptionnel — to make somebody/sth out to be exceptional
13) ( disparaître) [douleur, événement] to passquand l'orage sera or aura passé — lit when the storm is over; fig when the storm dies down
ça passera — ( sa mauvaise humeur) it'll pass; ( ton chagrin) you'll get over it
la première réaction passée — once we/they calmed down
nous avons dû attendre que sa colère soit passée — we had to wait for his/her anger to subside
14) (apparaître, être projeté, diffusé) [artiste, groupe] ( sur une scène) to be appearing; (à la télévision, radio) to be on; [spectacle, film] to be on; [cassette, musique] to be playing15) ( être placé)passer avant/après — ( en importance) to come before/after
16) (colloq) ( disparaître)17) ( s'écouler) [temps] to pass, to go by18) ( se mettre à) to turn to19) ( être transmis)20) ( être promu) to be promoted to21) ( être dépensé) [argent, somme] to go on ou in ou into; [produit, matière] to go into22) (colloq) ( mourir)si tu continues à conduire comme ça, tu vas finir par y passer — if you keep driving like that, you'll kill yourself
on y passera tous, mais le plus tard sera le mieux — we've all got to go sometime, the later the better
23) ( se décolorer) [teinte, tissu] to fade24) ( filtrer) [café] to filter25) ( changer de vitesse)passer en troisième/marche arrière — to go into third/reverse
la troisième passe mal or a du mal à passer — third gear is a bit stiff
26) Jeux (au bridge, poker) to pass
3.
se passer verbe pronominal1) ( se produire) to happen2) ( être situé) to take place3) ( se dérouler) [opération, examen, négociations] to go4) ( s'écouler) [période] to go by, to pass5) ( se dispenser)se passer de — [personne] to do without [objet, activité, personne]; to go without [repas, nourriture, sommeil]
6) ( se mettre)7) ( l'un à l'autre)* * *pɒse1. vi1) (= aller) to go, to pass, to pass by, to go byIls sont passés par Paris. — They went through Paris.
2) (= faire une halte rapide) [facteur] to come, to call, (pour rendre visite) to call in, to drop inJe passerai chez vous ce soir. — I'll call in this evening., I'll drop in this evening.
Je lui ai dit en passant que j'allais me marier. — I told him in passing that I was getting married.
3) CARTES to pass4)passe encore de le penser, mais de le dire! — it's one thing to think it, but to say it!
passer sur qch [faute, détail inutile] — to pass over sth
5) (= s'écouler) [temps, jours] to go by, to pass6) (= disparaître) [douleur] to pass, to go away, [mode] to die out, [couleur, papier] to fadefaire passer à qn le goût de qch [homme] — to cure sb of his taste for sth, [femme] to cure sb of her taste for sth
7) (= franchir un obstacle, traverser) [personne] to get through, [courant, air, lumière] to get through, [liquide, café] to go throughfaire passer [message] — to get over, to get across
laisser passer [air, lumière, personne] — to let through, [occasion] to miss, [erreur] to overlook
Il m'a laissé passer. — He let me through.
8) (= être digéré, avalé) to go down10) (= être diffusé) [film, émission] to be on"Titanic" passe à la télé ce soir. — "Titanic" is on TV tonight.
Mon père passe à la radio demain soir. — My father's on the radio tomorrow night.
passer à [ennemi, opposition] — to go over to
passer aux aveux — to confess, to make a confession
passer avant qch/qn fig — to come before sth/sb
passer en seconde AUTOMOBILES — to change into second
passer pour; Il passe pour riche. — He is thought to be rich.
faire passer qn/qch pour — to make sb/sth out to be
2. vt1) (= franchir) [frontière, rivière] to cross, [douane] to go throughNous avons passé la frontière belge. — We crossed the Belgian border.
2) (= transmettre, donner)passer qch à qn — to pass sth to sb, to give sb sth
Passe-moi le sel, s'il te plaît. — Pass me the salt, please.
je vous passe M. Cousin (au téléphone) — I'm putting you through to Mr Cousin
passer qch en fraude (= faire entrer) — to smuggle sth in, (= faire sortir) to smuggle sth out
3) [temps, journée] to spendElle a passé la journée à ne rien faire. — She spent the day doing nothing.
Ils passent toujours leurs vacances au Danemark. — They always spend their holidays in Denmark.
4) (= subir) [examen] to sit, to take, [visite médicale] to haveGordon a passé ses examens la semaine dernière. — Gordon took his exams last week.
5) (= mettre) [vêtement] to slip onpasser la seconde AUTOMOBILES — to change into second
6) (= faire passer) [thé, soupe] to strain7) (= jouer) [film] to show, [disque, CD] to play, to put onOn passe "Le Kid" au cinéma cette semaine. — They're showing "The Kid" at the cinema this week.
8) (= conclure) [marché] to agree on, [accord] to reach9) (= tolérer)10) (= devenir)* * *passer verb table: aimerA vtr1 ( franchir) to cross [fleuve, pont, frontière, col]; to go through [porte, douane]; to get over [haie, obstacle]; ils ont fait passer la rivière au troupeau they took the herd across the river; il m'a fait passer la frontière he got me across the border;2 ( faire franchir) passer qch à la douane to get sth through customs; passer qch en fraude or contrebande to smuggle sth; passer qn en fraude ( vers l'intérieur) to smuggle sb in; ( vers l'extérieur) to smuggle sb out; ⇒ gauche;3 ( dépasser) to go past, to pass; quand vous aurez passé le feu, tournez à droite turn right after the lights; passer la barre des dix euros to pass the ten-euro mark; on a passé l'heure it's too late; j'ai passé l'âge I'm too old; le malade ne passera pas la nuit the patient won't last the night;4 ( mettre) passer le doigt sur la table to run one's finger over the table-top; passer la tête à la fenêtre to stick one's head out of the window; elle m'a passé le bras autour des épaules she put her arm around my shoulders; elle m'a passé la main dans les cheveux she ran her fingers through my hair;5 ( transmettre) to pass [objet] (à to); to pass [sth] on [consigne, maladie] (à to); ( prêter)○ to lend (à qn to sb); ( donner)○ to give (à qn to sb); passer le ballon au gardien de but to pass the ball to the goalkeeper; passe-moi le sel pass me the salt; passe le vin à ton père pass your father the wine; faites passer le plat entre vous pass the dish around; fais passer la bonne nouvelle à tes amis pass the good news on to your friends; elle a attrapé la grippe et l'a passée à son mari she caught flu and gave it to her husband; il m'a passé son vélo○ ( prêté) he lent me his bike; ( donné) he gave me his bike; il m'a passé son rhume he's given me his cold;6 ( au téléphone) tu peux me passer Chris? can you put Chris on?; attends, je te la passe hold on, here she is, I'll put her on; je vous le passe ( sur un autre poste) I'm putting you through; pourriez-vous me passer le poste 4834/le service de traduction? could you put me through to extension 4834/the translation department, please?; il est sorti, je vous passe sa secrétaire he's out, I'll put you through to his secretary;7 ( se présenter à) to take, to sit [examen scolaire, test]; to have [visite médicale, entretien]; passer son permis de conduire to take one's driving test; faire passer un test à qn to give sb a test; c'est moi qui fais passer l'oral de français aux nouveaux I'm taking the new pupils for the French oral;8 ( réussir) to pass [examen, test];9 ( dans le temps) to spend [temps, jour, vie, vacances] (à faire doing); passer une nuit à l'hôtel to spend a night at a hotel; nous avons passé de bons moments ensemble we've had some good times together; dépêche-toi, on ne va pas y passer la nuit○! hurry up, or we'll be here all night!; passer sa colère sur son chat/ses collègues to take one's anger out on the cat/one's colleagues;10 ( pardonner) passer qch à qn to let sb get away with sth; il ne me passe rien he doesn't let me get away with anything; elle leur passe tout she lets them get away with murder; passez-lui ses écarts de langage excuse his/her strong language; il passe tous ses caprices à sa fille he indulges his daughter's every whim; passez-moi l'expression/le terme if you'll pardon the expression/the word;11 ( omettre) to skip [mot, page, paragraphe]; je vous passe les détails I'll spare you the details; j'en passe et des meilleures ( après énumération) and so on and so forth, I could go on;12 ( utiliser) passer un chiffon humide sur les meubles to go over the furniture with a damp cloth; passer un coup de fer sur une chemise to give a shirt a quick press; n'oublie pas de passer l'aspirateur dans le salon don't forget to hoover® GB ou vacuum the lounge;13 ( étendre) en passant un peu de cire, les rayures disparaîtront if you go over it with a bit of wax, the scratches will disappear; passer un peu de baume sur une brûlure to dab some ointment on a burn; passer une couche de peinture sur qch to give sth a coat of paint;14 ( soumettre) passez le plat au four put the dish in the oven; passer la pointe d'une aiguille à la flamme to hold the point of a needle over a flame; passer le plancher à la cire to put some wax on the floor; passer qch à l'eau ( pour rincer) to give sth a rinse; ( pour obtenir une réaction) to soak sth briefly in water; qu'est-ce qu'elle nous a passé○! she really went for us○!; ⇒ peigne;15 ( à travers une grille) to filter [café]; to strain [jus de fruit, sauce]; to purée [légumes]; passer des légumes au moulin à légumes to purée vegetables;16 ( enfiler) to slip [sth] on [vêtement, anneau]; to slip into [robe]; ils ont essayé de me passer la camisole they tried to put me in a straitjacket;17 ( faire jouer) to play [disque, cassette audio]; ( projeter) to show [film, diapositives, cassette vidéo]; ( diffuser) to place [annonce];18 ( signer) to sign [contrat]; to enter into [accord]; to place [commande]; to pass [loi, décret]; passer un marché○ to make a deal;20 Aut ( enclencher) to go into [vitesse]; passer la troisième/la marche arrière to go into third gear/into reverse;B vi1 ( parcourir son chemin) [personne, animal, véhicule, ballon] to go past ou by, to pass; passer entre to pass between; regarder passer les trains to watch the trains go past ou by; nous sommes passés devant le palais/près du lac we went past the palace/the lake; passer sous/sur un pont to go under/over a bridge; l'autobus vient juste de passer the bus has just gone; le facteur n'est pas encore passé the postman hasn't been yet; quand passe le prochain car pour Caen? when is the next coach GB ou bus for Caen?; je suis passé à côté de lui/du monument I passed him/the monument; nous sommes passés près de chez toi ce matin we were near your house this morning; passer à pied/à cheval/en voiture/à bicyclette to walk/ride/drive/cycle past; un avion est passé a plane flew past overhead; il est passé en courant/boitant he ran/limped past; j'ai renversé le vase en passant I knocked over the vase as I went by; en passant, achète du lait buy some milk while you're out; le ballon est passé tout près des buts the ball narrowly missed the goal;2 (se trouver, s'étendre) la route passe à côté du lac the road runs alongside the lake; le ruisseau passe derrière la maison the stream runs behind the house; ils ont fait passer la route devant chez nous/près de l'église/derrière le village they built the road in front of our house/near the church/behind the village; ligne qui passe par les centres de deux cercles line that connects the centresGB of two circles; en faisant passer une ligne par ces deux villes drawing a line through these two towns;3 ( faire un saut) je ne fais que passer I've just popped in GB ou dropped by for a minute; quand je suis passé au marché when I went down to the market; quand je suis passé à l'école when I dropped by the school; quand je suis passé chez lui when I called in to see him GB, when I dropped by his place; passer à la banque to call in at the bank GB, to drop by the bank; il est passé déposer un dossier he came to drop off a file; il est passé quelqu'un pour toi someone was looking for you; je passerai un de ces jours I'll drop by one of these days; passer dans la matinée [plombier, représentant] to call in the morning GB, to come over in the morning; passe nous voir plus souvent! come and see us more often!; passer prendre qn/qch to pick sb/sth up; je passerai te prendre à six heures I'll pick you up at six; je passerai prendre le gâteau dans une heure I'll pick up the cake in an hour;4 ( se rendre) to go; passez au guichet numéro 3 go to counter 3; passons au salon let's go into ou through to the lounge; les contrebandiers sont passés en Espagne the smugglers have crossed into Spain; passez derrière moi, je vous montrerai le chemin follow me, I'll show you the way; il est passé devant moi, il m'est passé devant○ ( dans une queue) he pushed in front of me; passer à la visite médicale to go for a medical examination; passer devant une commission to come before a committee;5 ( aller au-delà) to get through; tu ne passeras pas, c'est trop étroit you'll never get through, it's too narrow; on ne peut pas passer à cause de la neige we can't get through because of the snow; impossible de passer tant il y avait de monde you couldn't get through, there were so many people; il est passé au rouge he went through the red lights; il n'a pas attendu le feu vert pour passer he didn't wait for the lights to turn green; il m'a fait signe de passer he waved me on; il a fait passer la vieille dame devant lui he let the old lady go first; vas-y, ça passe! ( à un automobiliste) go on, there's plenty of room!; laisser passer qn to let sb through; laisser passer une ambulance to let an ambulance through; le volet laisse passer un peu de lumière the shutter lets in a chink of light; la cloison laisse passer le bruit the partition doesn't keep the noise out; passer par-dessus bord to fall overboard; il est passé par la fenêtre ( par accident) he fell out of the window; ( pour entrer) he got in through the window; il est passé sous un train he was run over by a train; nous n'avons pas pu faire passer l'armoire par la porte we couldn't get the wardrobe through the door; à cause des travaux, on ne peut pas passer derrière la maison because of the road works, we can't get round GB ou around US the back of the house; ⇒ caravane, casser;6 ( transiter) passer par [personne] lit to pass ou go through; fig to go through; nous sommes passés par Édimbourg we went via Edinburgh; ça ira plus vite en passant par la Belgique it'll be quicker to go via Belgium; la manifestation passera dans cette avenue the demonstration will come along this avenue; passer par qn pour faire qch to do sth through sb; passer par de rudes épreuves to go through the mill, to have a rough time; passer par l'opératrice to go through the operator; passer par une rue to go along a street; passer par l'escalier de service to use the service stairs; nous sommes passés par une agence matrimoniale we met through a marriage bureau; il est passé par tous les stades de la formation he went through the various different stages of training; passer au bord de la faillite to come very close to bankruptcy; il est passé par une très bonne école he went to a very good school; la formation par laquelle il est passé the training (that) he had; il dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête he always says the first thing that comes into his head; je ne sais jamais ce qui te passe par la tête I never know what's going on in your head; une idée m'est passée par la tête an idea occurred to me; mais qu'est-ce qui lui est passé par la tête? what on earth was he/she thinking of?; ça fait du bien par où ça passe○! [aliment, boisson] I needed that!; un éclair de malice passa dans ses yeux his/her eyes gleamed with mischief, he/she had a mischievous glint in his/her eyes; un sourire passa sur ses lèvres he/she smiled for a second; en passant par including; des reptiles à l'homme, en passant par le singe from reptiles to man, including apes; ⇒ maire;7 ○( avoir son tour) il accuse le patron, ses collègues, le cuisinier, bref, tout le monde y passe he's accusing the boss, his colleagues, the cook-in other words, everyone in sight; le rock, le blues, la musique classique, tout y passe rock, blues, classical music, you name it; que ça te plaise ou non, il va falloir y passer whether you like it or not, there's no alternative; la nouvelle secrétaire va y passer aussi the new secretary will get it as well; on ne peut pas faire autrement que d'en passer par là there is no other way around it; je sais, j'en suis déjà passé par là I know all about that, I've been there○;8 ( négliger) passer sur to pass over [question, défaut, erreur]; je préfère passer sur ce point pour l'instant I'd rather not dwell on that point for the moment; il est or a passé sur les détails he didn't go into the details; si l'on passe sur les frais de déplacement if we ignore the travel expenses; passons (là-dessus)! ( injonction) let's hear no more about it!; ( pardon) let's say no more about it!; passer à côté d'une question ( volontairement) to sidestep a question; ( involontairement) to miss the point; laisser passer qch ( délibérément) to let sth pass, to overlook sth; ( par inadvertance) to let sth slip through, to overlook sth; laisser passer une occasion, passer à côté d'une occasion to miss an opportunity, to let an opportunity slip ou go by; laisser passer quelques erreurs par gentillesse to overlook a few errors out of soft-heartedness; on ne peut pas laisser passer une telle erreur we cannot let a mistake like that through; le réviseur a laissé passer plusieurs fautes the proofreader let several mistakes slip through; il leur laisse passer tous leurs caprices he indulges their every whim;9 ( ne pas approfondir) en passant in passing; notons en passant que we should note in passing that; en passant, il a ajouté que in passing, he added that; soit dit en passer incidentally;10 (être admis, supporté) [aliment, repas] to go down; [commentaires, discours, critiques] to go down well (auprès de with); [loi, règlement, mesure] to get through; [attitude, pensée, doctrine] to be accepted; [candidat] to get through; je ne me sens pas bien, ce doit être le concombre qui passe mal I don't feel well, it must be the cucumber; prends un peu de cognac, ça fait passer! have a drop of brandy, it's good for the digestion; vos critiques sont mal passées/ne sont pas passées your criticism went down badly/didn't go down well; ils n'ont jamais pu faire passer leur réforme/leurs idées they never managed to get their reform through/their ideas accepted; que je sois critiqué, passe encore, mais calomnié, non! criticism is one thing, but I draw the line at slander; avec lui, la flatterie, ça ne passe pas flattery won't work with him; passer au premier tour Pol to be elected in the first round; passer dans la classe supérieure to move up to the next year ou grade US; (ça) passe pour cette fois○ this time, I'll let it go;11 ( se déplacer) passer de France en Espagne to leave France and enter Spain; passer de la salle à manger au salon to move from the dining room to the lounge; passer à l'ennemi to go over to the enemy; passer dans le camp adverse to go over to the other side; passer sous contrôle de l'ONU/de l'État to be taken over by the UN/the government; passer sous contrôle ennemi to fall into enemy hands; passer de main en main to be passed around; passer constamment d'un sujet à l'autre to flit from one subject to another; passer d'un amant à un autre to go from one lover to the next; passer de l'opulence à la misère to go from extreme wealth to extreme poverty; passer de la théorie à la pratique to put theory into practice; leur nombre pourrait passer à 700 their number could reach 700; passer à un taux supérieur/inférieur to go up to a higher rate/down to a lower rate; faire passer qch de 200 à 300 to increase sth from 200 to 300; faire passer qch de 300 à 200 to decrease sth from 300 to 200; expression passée en proverbe expression that has become a proverb;12 ( être pris) passer pour un imbécile/pour être une belle ville to be generally thought of as stupid/as a beautiful town (auprès de by); passer pour un génie to pass as a genius; son excentricité passe pour de l'intelligence his/her eccentricity passes for intelligence; il passe pour l'inventeur de l'ordinateur he's supposed to have invented computers; passer pour quelqu'un d'autre to be taken for someone else; il pourrait passer pour un Américain he could be taken for an American; il veut passer pour un grand homme he wants to be seen as a great man; faire passer qn/qch pour exceptionnel/exemplaire to make sb/sth out to be exceptional/a model of perfection; se faire passer pour malade to pretend to be ill; se faire passer pour mort to fake one's own death; il se fait passer pour mon frère he passes himself off as my brother; se faisant passer pour un agent d'assurance by passing himself off as ou by impersonating an insurance salesman; il m'a fait passer pour un imbécile he made me look like a fool;13 ( disparaître) [douleur, événement] to pass; quand l'orage sera or aura passé lit when the storm is over; fig when the storm dies down; ça passera ( sa mauvaise humeur) it'll pass; ( ton chagrin) you'll get over it; la première réaction passée, il a été possible de faire once we/they calmed down it was possible to do; nous avons dû attendre que sa colère soit passée we had to wait for his/her anger to subside; passer de mode [vêtement, style, chanson, expression] to go out of fashion; cette mode est vite passée or a vite passé that fashion was short-lived; faire passer à qn l'envie or le goût de faire to cure sb of the desire to do; les sales gosses, je vais leur faire passer l'envie or l'habitude de tirer sur ma sonnette! those damn kids, I'll teach them to ring my bell!; ce médicament fait passer les maux d'estomac this medicine relieves stomach ache; cette mauvaise habitude te passera it's a bad habit you'll grow out of; ça lui passera avant que ça me reprenne○ it won't last;14 (apparaître, être projeté, diffusé) [artiste, groupe] ( sur une scène) to be appearing; (à la télévision, radio) to be on; [spectacle, film] to be on; [cassette, musique] to be playing; mon ami passe à la télévision ce soir my friend is on television tonight; les films portugais qui passent à la télévision/au Rex/à Paris the Portuguese films (that are) on television/on at the Rex/on in Paris;15 ( être placé) passer avant/après ( en importance) to come before/after; la santé passe avant tout health comes first; il fait passer sa famille avant ses amis he puts his family before his friends;16 ○( disparaître) où étais-tu (encore) passé? where (on earth) did you get to?; où est passé mon livre/le chat? where has my book/the cat got to?;17 ( s'écouler) [temps] to pass, to go by; deux ans ont passé depuis l'événement two years have passed since it happened; le temps a passé, et les gens ont oublié time has passed and people have forgotten; je ne vois pas le temps passer I don't know where the time goes; le week-end a or est passé trop vite the weekend went too quickly;18 ( se mettre à) to turn to; passons aux choses sérieuses let's turn to serious matters; nous pouvons passer à l'étape suivante we can move on to the next stage; passons à autre chose let's change the subject; nous allons passer au vote let's vote now; passer à l'offensive to take the offensive;19 ( être transmis) passer de père en fils/de génération en génération/à ses héritiers to be handed down from father to son/from generation to generation/to one's heirs; l'expression est passée dans la langue the expression has become part of the language; ça finira par passer dans les mœurs it'll eventually become common practice; il a fait passer son émotion dans la salle he transmitted his emotion to the audience;20 ( être promu) to be promoted to; il est passé général he's been promoted to general; elle est passée maître dans l'art de mentir she's an accomplished liar;21 ( être dépensé) [argent, somme] to go on ou in ou into; [produit, matière] to go into; la moitié de mon salaire passe en remboursement de mes dettes half my salary goes on paying off my debts; toutes mes économies y sont passées○ all my savings went into it;22 ○( mourir) y passer to die; si tu continues à conduire comme ça, tu vas finir par y passer if you keep driving like that, you'll kill yourself; on y passera tous, mais le plus tard sera le mieux we've all got to go sometime, the later the better;25 ( changer de vitesse) passer en troisième/marche arrière to go into third/reverse; la troisième passe mal or a du mal à passer third gear is a bit stiff; passer de seconde en troisième to go from second into third;26 Jeux (au bridge, poker) to pass.C se passer vpr1 ( se produire) to happen; ça s'est passé en Chine/à Pékin/le matin/au bon moment it happened in China/in Beijing/in the morning/at the right time; il ne se passe jamais rien dans ce village nothing ever happens in this village; que se passe-t-il?, qu'est-ce qui se passe? what's happening, what's going on?; tout se passe comme si le dollar avait été dévalué it's as if the dollar was devalued;2 ( être situé) to take place; la scène se passe au Viêt Nam/dans les années trente/de nos jours the scene is set in Vietnam/in the thirties/in the present day;3 ( se dérouler) [opération, examen, négociations] to go; comment s'est passée la réunion? how did the meeting go?; tout s'est bien passé everything went well; ça s'est mal passé it didn't go well; la réunion s'est très mal passée the meeting went very badly; tout s'est passé très vite it all happened very fast; ça va mal se passer pour toi si tu continues! you're going to be in trouble if you carry on GB ou continue doing that!; ça ne se passera pas comme ça! I won't leave it at that!;4 ( s'écouler) [période] to go by, to pass; il s'est passé deux ans depuis, deux ans se sont passés depuis that was two years ago; il ne se passe guère de jour (sans) qu'elle ne trouve à se plaindre hardly a day goes by without her finding something to complain about; attendons que ça se passe let's wait till it's over; nos soirées se passaient à regarder la télévision we spent the evenings watching television; ⇒ jeunesse;5 ( se dispenser) se passer de [personne] to do without [objet, activité, personne]; to go without [repas, nourriture, sommeil]; nous nous sommes passés de voiture we did without a car; nous nous passerons de lui we'll do without him; je me passerais bien de tes remarques I can do without your comments; se passer de commentaires to speak for itself; ne pas pouvoir se passer de faire not to be able to help oneself from doing; se passer des services de qn to do without sb's services;6 ( se mettre) se passer la langue sur les lèvres/la main dans les cheveux to run one's tongue over one's lips/one's fingers through one's hair; se passer la main sur le front to put a hand to one's forehead;7 ( l'un à l'autre) ils se sont passé des documents they exchanged some documents; nous nous sommes passé le virus we caught the virus from each other.[pase] verbe intransitif (auxiliaire être)A.[EXPRIME UN DÉPLACEMENT]passer dans: pour empêcher les poids lourds de passer dans le village to stop lorries from driving ou going through the villagea. [devant moi] go in front of me if you can't seeb. [devant tout le monde] go to the front if you can't seepasser sous une voiture [se faire écraser] to get run over (by a car)des péniches passaient sur le canal barges were going past ou were sailing on the canal[fugitivement]un sourire passa sur ses lèvres a smile played about her lips, she smiled briefly3. [emprunter un certain itinéraire]si vous passez à Paris, venez me voir come and see me if you're in Paris[fleuve, route] to go, to run5. [sur un parcours régulier - démarcheur, représentant] to call ; [ - bateau, bus, train] to come ou to go pastle facteur passe deux fois par jour the postman delivers ou comes twice a dayle bateau/train est déjà passé the boat/train has already gone ou leftle prochain bateau passera dans deux jours the next boat will call ou is due in two days6. [faire une visite] to callj'ai demandé au médecin de passer I asked the doctor to call (in) ou to come ou to visit7. [franchir une limite] to get through8. [s'infiltrer] to passpasser dans le sang to pass into ou to enter the bloodstreamle café doit passer lentement [dans le filtre] the coffee must filter through slowly9. [aller, se rendre] to gooù sont passées mes lunettes? where have my glasses got ou disappeared to?passer de Suisse en France to cross over ou to go from Switzerland to FranceB.[EXPRIME UNE ACTION]1. [se soumettre à]ce matin, je suis passé au tableau I was asked to explain something at the blackboard this morningy passer (familier) : je ne veux pas me faire opérer — il faudra bien que tu y passes, pourtant! I don't want to have an operation — you're going to have to!avec lui, toutes les femmes du service y sont passées he's had all the women in his department2. [être accepté] to passelle est passée à l'écrit mais pas à l'oral she got through ou she passed the written exam but not the oralton petit discours est bien passé your little speech went down well ou was well receivedle film passe mal sur le petit écran/en noir et blanc the film just isn't the same on TV/in black and whitepasse (encore): l'injurier, passe encore, mais le frapper! it's one thing to insult him, but quite another to hit him!3. [être transmis] to gola ferme est passée de père en fils depuis cinq générations the farm has been handed down from father to son for five generationsla locution est passée du latin à l'anglais the phrase came ou passed into English from Latin4. [entrer] to passc'est passé dans le langage courant it's passed into ou it's now part of everyday speechc'est passé dans les moeurs it's become standard ou normal practice5. [être utilisé, absorbé] to gosi les socialistes passent if the socialists get in ou are electedRADIO & TÉLÉVISIONpasser à la radio [émission, personne] to be on the radio ou the aira. [personne] to be ou to appear on televisionb. [film] to be on television8. DROIT [comparaître]passer devant le tribunal to come up ou to go before the courtpasser en correctionnelle ≃ to go before the magistrate's courtC.[EXPRIME UN CHANGEMENT D'ÉTAT]1. [accéder - à un niveau]2. [devenir] to become3. [dans des locutions verbales]passer de... à [changer d'état]: passer de l'état liquide à l'état gazeux to pass ou to change from the liquid to the gaseous statela production est passée de 20 à 30/de 30 à 20 tonnes output has gone (up) from 20 to 30/(down) from 30 to 20 tonnescomment êtes-vous passé du cinéma au théâtre? how did you move ou make the transition from the cinema to the stage?il passe d'une idée à l'autre he jumps ou flits from one idea to another4. AUTOMOBILEpasser en troisième to change ou go into third (gear)D.[EXPRIME UNE ÉVOLUTION DANS LE TEMPS]la journée est passée agréablement the day went off ou passed pleasantly2. [s'estomper - douleur] to fade (away), to wear off ; [ - malaise] to disappear ; [ - mode, engouement] to die out ; [ - enthousiasme] to wear off, to fade ; [ - beauté] to fade, to wane ; [ - chance, jeunesse] to pass ; [ - mauvaise humeur] to pass, to vanish ; [ - rage, tempête] to die down ; [ - averse] to die down, to stopfaire passer: ce médicament fait passer la douleur très rapidement this medicine relieves pain very quickly[se faner - fleur] to wilt[pâlir - teinte]4. (auxiliaire avoir) (vieilli) [mourir]il a passé cette nuit he passed on ou away last night————————[pase] verbe transitif (auxiliaire avoir)A.[EXPRIME UN DÉPLACEMENT]1. [traverser - pont, col de montagne] to go over (inseparable), to cross ; [ - écluse] to go through (inseparable)2. [franchir - frontière, ligne d'arrivée] to crosspasser l'arrêt de l'autobus [le manquer] to miss one's bus stoppasser le cap Horn to (go) round Cape Horn, to round the Capequand on passe les 1 000 mètres d'altitude when you go over 1,000 metres highl'or a passé les 400 dollars l'once gold has broken through the $ 400 an ounce mark4. [transporter] to ferry ou to take across (separable)5. [introduire]passer de la drogue/des cigarettes en fraude to smuggle drugs/cigarettes6. [engager - partie du corps] to putpasser son bras autour de la taille de quelqu'un to put ou to slip one's arm round somebody's waistje n'arrive pas à passer ma tête dans l'encolure de cette robe my head won't go through the neck of the dress7. [faire aller - instrument] to runpasse le balai dans l'escalier give the stairs a sweep, sweep the stairs9. SPORT [franchir - obstacle, haie] to jump (over)[transmettre - ballon] to passB.[EXPRIME UNE ACTION]1. [se soumettre à - permis de conduire] to take ; [ - examen] to take, to sit (UK) ; [ - entretien] to have ; [ - scanner, visite médicale] to have, to go for (inseparable)il a passé l'écrit, mais attendons l'oral he's passed the written exam, but let's see what happens in the oralje passe toutes les descriptions dans ses romans I miss out ou I skip all the descriptions in her novels4. [tolérer]passez-moi l'expression/le mot if you'll pardon the expression/excuse the term5. [soumettre à l'action de]passer des légumes au mixeur to put vegetables through the blender, to blend vegetablespasser quelque chose sous l'eau to rinse something ou to give something a rinse under the tappasser quelque chose à quelqu'un (familier) to give somebody a good dressing-down, to tick somebody off (UK)se faire passer quelque chose (familier) to get a good ticking off (UK), to get a good chewing-out (US)6. [donner, transmettre - généralement] to pass, to hand, to give ; [ - maladie] to give ; [ - au téléphone] to put through (separable)je te passe Fred here's Fred, I'll hand you over to Fredpasse-moi Annie let me talk to Annie, put Annie on7. [rendre public - annonce]8. (familier) [prêter] to lendje vais te passer de la crème dans le dos I'm going to put ou to rub some cream on your back11. [enfiler - vêtement] to slip ou to put on (separable)12. AUTOMOBILEpasser la troisième to change ou to shift into third gear[diapositive] to showRADIO [émission] to broadcast14. COMMERCE [conclure - entente] to conclude, to come to (inseparable), to reach ; [ - marché] to agree on (inseparable), to strike, to reach ; [ - commande] to placeC.[EXPRIME UNE NOTION TEMPORELLE]1. [employer - durée] to spendpassez un bon week-end/une bonne soirée! have a nice weekend/evening!as-tu passé une bonne nuit? did you sleep well last night?, did you have a good night?elle ne passera pas la nuit she won't see the night out, she won't last the night3. [assouvir - envie] to satisfy————————passer après verbe plus prépositionil faut le faire libérer, le reste passe après we must get him released, everything else is secondary————————passer avant verbe plus prépositionto go ou to come beforeses intérêts passent avant tout his own interests come before anything else, he puts his own interests before everything else————————passer par verbe plus préposition1. [dans une formation] to go through2. [dans une évolution] to go through, to undergole pays est passé par toutes les formes de gouvernement the country has experienced every form of government3. [recourir à] to go throughpour comprendre, il faut être passé par là you have to have experienced it to understand————————passer pour verbe plus préposition1. [avec nom] to be thought of asje vais passer pour un idiot I'll be taken for ou people will take me for an idiot2. [avec adj]3. [avec verbe]elle passe pour descendre d'une famille noble she is said to be descended from an aristocratic family————————passer sur verbe plus préposition[excuser] to overlookpassons sur les détails let's pass over ou skip the detailspassons! let's say no more about it!, let's drop it!tu me l'avais promis, mais passons! you promised me, but never mind!————————se passer verbe pronominal intransitifla soirée s'est passée tranquillement the evening went by ou passed quietlyqu'est-ce qui se passe? what's happening?, what's going on?il se passe que ton frère vient d'être arrêté, (voilà ce qui se passe)! your brother's just been arrested, that's what's!il ne se passe pas une semaine sans qu'il perde de l'argent aux courses not a week goes by without him losing money on the horses3. [se dérouler - dans certaines conditions] to go (off)l'opération s'est bien/mal passée the operation went (off) smoothly/badlysi tout se passe bien, nous y serons demain if all goes well, we'll be there tomorrowtout se passe comme prévu everything's going according to plan ou going as planned————————se passer verbe pronominal transitifil se passa un peigne/la main dans les cheveux he ran a comb/his fingers through his hair————————se passer de verbe pronominal plus préposition1. [vivre sans] to do ou to go without2. [s'abstenir]3. [ne pas avoir besoin de]————————en passant locution adverbiale1. [dans la conversation] in passingfaire une remarque en passant to remark in passing, to make a casual remark2. [sur son chemin]il s'arrête de temps à autre en passant he calls on his way by ou past from time to time————————en passant par locution prépositionnelle————————1. [dans l'espace] vial'avion va à Athènes en passant par Londres the plane goes to Athens via London ou stops in London on its way to Athens2. [dans une énumération] (and) including -
44 abrir
v.1 to open.la tienda abre a las cinco the shop opens at five (o'clock)Ricardo abre la celda de Mario Richard opens Mario's cell.El Dr. Zus abre el abdomen Dr. Zus opens=cuts open the abdomen.2 to dig.le abrieron la cabeza de un botellazo they smashed his head open with a bottle3 to open (negocio, colegio, mercado).4 to whet (apetito).la natación abre el apetito swimming makes you hungry5 to head.6 to open the door (abrir la puerta).¡abra, policía! open up, it's the police!7 to draw open, to open.Ricardo abre las cortinas Richard draws the curtains open.8 to turn on.Ricardo abre el paso de corriente Richard turns on the electricity.* * *(pp abierto,-a)1 (gen) to open2 (con llave) to unlock3 (cremallera) to undo■ abrió la cremallera de la maleta she undid the zip on the case, she unzipped the case4 (negocio) to open6 (luz) to switch on, turn on; (gas, grifo) to turn on7 (iniciar) to start, begin■ abrieron una investigación para aclarar la causa del incendio they started an investigation into the causes of the fire8 (encabezar) to head, lead1 (gen) to open■ le dieron puntos para que no se le abriera la herida they gave her stitches so that the wound wouldn't open2 (flor) to open, come out3 (iniciarse) to begin, start, open4 (extenderse) to spread out, unfold5 (dar) to open (a, onto), look (a, onto)6 (ligamentos) to sprain7 figurado (sincerarse) to open out8 argot (largarse) to clear off, be off,■ ¡adiós, me abro! bye, I'm off!, US I'm out of here!\abrir fuego MILITAR to open fireabrir la mano figurado to relax standardsabrir paso to make wayabrir un expediente DERECHO to start proceedingsabrir una posibilidad to open up a possibility■ la nueva ley abre la posibilidad de que los terroristas se reinserten en la sociedad the new law makes it possible for terrorists to be reintegrated into societyabrirle la cabeza a alguien familiar to smash somebody's head inabrirse paso en la vida figurado to make one's way in lifeen un abrir y cerrar de ojos familiar in the twinkling of an eyeno abrir (la) boca figurado not to say a word* * *verb1) to open2) unlock3) undo* * *( pp abierto)1. VT1) [algo que estaba cerrado]a) [+ puerta, armario, libro, ojos] to open; [+ cremallera, bragueta] to undoabrir una puerta/ventana de par en par — to open a door/window wide
abre la boca — open your mouth; [en el dentista] open wide
no encuentro la llave para abrir la puerta — I can't find the key to open o unlock the door
abrid el libro por la página 50 — turn to page 50 in the book, open the book at page 50
b) [desplegando] [+ mapa, mantel] to spread out; [+ paraguas] to open, put up; [+ mano, abanico, paracaídas] to openc) [haciendo una abertura] [+ pozo] to sink; [+ foso, cimientos] to dig; [+ agujero, perforación] to make, bore; [+ camino] to clear; LAm [+ bosque] to clearlas lluvias han abierto socavones en las calles — the rain has caused potholes to appear on the streets
d) [haciendo un corte] [+ sandía] to cut open; [+ herida] to opene) [+ grifo, luz, agua] to turn on; [+ válvula] to open¿has abierto el gas? — have you turned the gas on?
2) (=encabezar) [+ manifestación, desfile] to lead, head; [+ baile] to open, lead off; [+ lista] to head3) (=inaugurar)a) [+ acto, ceremonia] to opense acaban de volver a abrir las negociaciones con los sindicatos — negotiations with the unions have been reopened
b) (Com) [+ negocio] to set up, start; [+ cuenta] to openha decidido abrir su propio negocio — she has decided to set up o start her own business
abrir un expediente a algn — [investigación] to open a file on sb; [proceso] to begin proceedings against sb
abrir una información — to open o start an inquiry
c) (Tip)d) (Mil)¡abran fuego! — (open) fire!
4) (=ampliar) [+ perspectivas] to open upvivir en el extranjero le abrió la mente — living abroad opened up his mind o made him more open-minded
5) [+ apetito]esta selección abre el apetito a los lectores — this selection is intended to whet the readers' appetite
2. VI1) [puerta, cajón] to open2) [persona] to open the door, open up¡abre, soy yo! — open the door o open up, it's me!
llamé pero no abrió nadie — I knocked at the door, but nobody answered
3) [comercio, museo] to open4) [flor] to open5) [en operación quirúrgica]6) (Meteo) to clear up7) (Bridge) to open8) Caribe * (=huir) to escape, run off3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1) ( en general) to open; < paraguas> to open, put up; < mapa> to open out, unfold; < cortinas> to open, draw back; < persianas> to raise, pull up; < cremallera> to undo3)a) <zanja/túnel> to dig; < agujero> to make4)a) <comercio/museo> ( para el quehacer diario) to open; ( inaugurar) to open (up)¿a qué hora abren la taquilla? — what time does the box office open?
b) <carretera/aeropuerto> to open; < frontera> to open (up)c) (Com) to open up5)a) ( iniciar) < cuenta bancaria> to open; < negocio> to start, set up; < suscripción> to take out; < caso> to open; < investigación> to begin, set upel plazo para la presentación de solicitudes se abrirá el 2 de junio — applications will be accepted from June 2
b) <acto/debate/baile> to openc) <desfile/cortejo> to head, leadd) <paréntesis/comillas> to opene)6) < apetito> to whet7) < perspectivas> to open up; < etapa> to mark the beginning of8) ( hacer más receptivo)2.abrir vi1) persona to open upabre! soy yo — open the door o open up! it's me
2) puerta/cajón to open3) comercio/museo to open4) acto/ceremonia to open; (Jueg) to open3.abrir v impers (fam) (Meteo)4.abrirse v pron1)a) puerta/ventana to openabrirse a algo — a jardín/corredor to open onto something
b) flor/almeja to open; paracaídas to open2)a) (refl) <chaqueta/cremallera> to undob) ( rajarse) madera/costura to split3)a) (liter) ( ofrecerse a la vista) to appear, unfoldun espléndido panorama se abrió ante sus ojos — the most wonderful view unfolded before their eyes (liter)
b) porvenir to lie ahead; perspectivas to open up4) período/era to begincon este tratado se abre una nueva etapa — this treaty marks o heralds a new era
5)a) ( confiarse)b) ( hacerse más receptivo)c) ( hacerse más accesible)abrirse a alguien/algo — to open up to somebody/something
6) (AmL fam) ( echarse atrás) to back out, get cold feet* * *= forge, open up, open, unfold, unfurl, unlock, splay, unzip.Ex. This article calls on libraries to forge a renewed national commitment to cooperate in the building of a national information network for scholarly communications.Ex. Here is a key paper by a non librarian which opens up a new and constructive approach to library purpose.Ex. The 1st phase of a cultural centre, with library, art gallery, swimming pool, cafe and day centre for the elderly, was opened in Sept 87.Ex. This algorithm handles cyclic graphs without unfolding the cycles nor looping through them.Ex. This volume is in fact three books shuffled together under one luscious cover, unfurling as a fantasia on technique that explores, among other things, Mau's riffs on modernism.Ex. This allows borrowers to browse but it is tedious for staff to keep unlocking the case every time a cassette is borrowed or returned.Ex. Walk your feet up the wall, then take the belt and place it on your upper arms right above your elbows to keep your arms from splaying.Ex. The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.----* ¡ábrete sésamo! = open sesame!.* abrir arrancando = rip + open.* abrir camino (a) = make + way (for).* abrir con lanceta = lance.* abrir con llave = unlock.* abrir cortando = lance.* abrir de nuevo = reopen [re-open].* abrir de un empujón = fling + open.* abrir dinamitando = blast.* abrir el apetito = whet + the appetite.* abrir el corazón = bare + Posesivo + soul.* abrir el debate = open + the debate.* abrir el mercado = open up + market.* abrir forzando = force + Nombre + open.* abrir forzando con palanca = prise + Nombre + open.* abrir fronteras = break + new ground, break + ground.* abrir fuego = open + fire.* abrir haciendo palanca = pry + Nombre + open.* abrir horizontes = open out + horizons.* abrir la boca = open + Posesivo + mouth.* abrir la mente = broaden + Posesivo + outlook.* abrir la puerta a = throw + open the door to.* abrir la puerta empujándola = push + open + door.* abrir las puertas de = unlock.* abrir los brazos = spread + hands.* abrir los ojos a = open + Posesivo + eyes to.* abrir + Nombre + al debate = open + Nombre + to discussion.* abrir nuevas fronteras = forge + new frontiers.* abrir nuevas posibilidades = open up + new territory, open up + possibilities, open + possibilities.* abrir nuevos caminos = break + new ground, push + Nombre + into new latitudes, break + ground, blaze + trail.* abrir nuevos horizontes = open + new realms, forge + new frontiers.* abrir nuevos mercados = branch out (into), branch into.* abrir paso (a) = make + way (for).* abrir puertas = open + avenues, open + doors.* abrirse = gape, swing + open, hew.* abrirse a = render + open to, open + Posesivo + mind up to.* abrirse a posibilidades = be open to possibilities.* abrirse camino = plough through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into, foist + Posesivo + way into, make + Posesivo + way in the world.* abrirse camino (a empujones) = push + Posesivo + way across/into.* abrirse camino en el mundo = make + Posesivo + way in the world.* abrirse camino en la vida = get on in + life.* abrirse en espiral = spiral out.* abrirse la cabeza = smash + Posesivo + head, smash + Posesivo + head open.* abrirse paso = jostle, break through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into.* abrirse un socavón = cave in.* abrir una brecha = breach.* abrir una cerradura con ganzúa = pick + lock.* abrir una consulta = hang out + Posesivo + shingle.* abrir un agujero = cut + hole.* abrir una interrogante sobre = leave + open the question of.* abrir una negociación = open up + negotiation.* abrir una ventana = switch on + window.* abrir un camino = chart + direction.* abrir un menú = pop up + a menu.* a medio abrir = half-opened.* en un abrir y cerrar de ojos = in a jiffy, in the time it takes to flick a switch, at the flick of a switch, with the flick of a switch, in a flash, in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time, with the tip of a hat, in and out in a flash, in a heartbeat, as quick as a wink, at the drop of a hat, in a trice.* en un abrir y cerrar de ojos = in the blink of an eye, in the twinkling of an eye, in a snap.* paréntesis que abre = left parenthesis.* sin abrir = unopened.* sin abrirse = unfolded.* volver a abrir = be back in business.* * *1.verbo transitivo1) ( en general) to open; < paraguas> to open, put up; < mapa> to open out, unfold; < cortinas> to open, draw back; < persianas> to raise, pull up; < cremallera> to undo3)a) <zanja/túnel> to dig; < agujero> to make4)a) <comercio/museo> ( para el quehacer diario) to open; ( inaugurar) to open (up)¿a qué hora abren la taquilla? — what time does the box office open?
b) <carretera/aeropuerto> to open; < frontera> to open (up)c) (Com) to open up5)a) ( iniciar) < cuenta bancaria> to open; < negocio> to start, set up; < suscripción> to take out; < caso> to open; < investigación> to begin, set upel plazo para la presentación de solicitudes se abrirá el 2 de junio — applications will be accepted from June 2
b) <acto/debate/baile> to openc) <desfile/cortejo> to head, leadd) <paréntesis/comillas> to opene)6) < apetito> to whet7) < perspectivas> to open up; < etapa> to mark the beginning of8) ( hacer más receptivo)2.abrir vi1) persona to open upabre! soy yo — open the door o open up! it's me
2) puerta/cajón to open3) comercio/museo to open4) acto/ceremonia to open; (Jueg) to open3.abrir v impers (fam) (Meteo)4.abrirse v pron1)a) puerta/ventana to openabrirse a algo — a jardín/corredor to open onto something
b) flor/almeja to open; paracaídas to open2)a) (refl) <chaqueta/cremallera> to undob) ( rajarse) madera/costura to split3)a) (liter) ( ofrecerse a la vista) to appear, unfoldun espléndido panorama se abrió ante sus ojos — the most wonderful view unfolded before their eyes (liter)
b) porvenir to lie ahead; perspectivas to open up4) período/era to begincon este tratado se abre una nueva etapa — this treaty marks o heralds a new era
5)a) ( confiarse)b) ( hacerse más receptivo)c) ( hacerse más accesible)abrirse a alguien/algo — to open up to somebody/something
6) (AmL fam) ( echarse atrás) to back out, get cold feet* * *= forge, open up, open, unfold, unfurl, unlock, splay, unzip.Ex: This article calls on libraries to forge a renewed national commitment to cooperate in the building of a national information network for scholarly communications.
Ex: Here is a key paper by a non librarian which opens up a new and constructive approach to library purpose.Ex: The 1st phase of a cultural centre, with library, art gallery, swimming pool, cafe and day centre for the elderly, was opened in Sept 87.Ex: This algorithm handles cyclic graphs without unfolding the cycles nor looping through them.Ex: This volume is in fact three books shuffled together under one luscious cover, unfurling as a fantasia on technique that explores, among other things, Mau's riffs on modernism.Ex: This allows borrowers to browse but it is tedious for staff to keep unlocking the case every time a cassette is borrowed or returned.Ex: Walk your feet up the wall, then take the belt and place it on your upper arms right above your elbows to keep your arms from splaying.Ex: The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.* ¡ábrete sésamo! = open sesame!.* abrir arrancando = rip + open.* abrir camino (a) = make + way (for).* abrir con lanceta = lance.* abrir con llave = unlock.* abrir cortando = lance.* abrir de nuevo = reopen [re-open].* abrir de un empujón = fling + open.* abrir dinamitando = blast.* abrir el apetito = whet + the appetite.* abrir el corazón = bare + Posesivo + soul.* abrir el debate = open + the debate.* abrir el mercado = open up + market.* abrir forzando = force + Nombre + open.* abrir forzando con palanca = prise + Nombre + open.* abrir fronteras = break + new ground, break + ground.* abrir fuego = open + fire.* abrir haciendo palanca = pry + Nombre + open.* abrir horizontes = open out + horizons.* abrir la boca = open + Posesivo + mouth.* abrir la mente = broaden + Posesivo + outlook.* abrir la puerta a = throw + open the door to.* abrir la puerta empujándola = push + open + door.* abrir las puertas de = unlock.* abrir los brazos = spread + hands.* abrir los ojos a = open + Posesivo + eyes to.* abrir + Nombre + al debate = open + Nombre + to discussion.* abrir nuevas fronteras = forge + new frontiers.* abrir nuevas posibilidades = open up + new territory, open up + possibilities, open + possibilities.* abrir nuevos caminos = break + new ground, push + Nombre + into new latitudes, break + ground, blaze + trail.* abrir nuevos horizontes = open + new realms, forge + new frontiers.* abrir nuevos mercados = branch out (into), branch into.* abrir paso (a) = make + way (for).* abrir puertas = open + avenues, open + doors.* abrirse = gape, swing + open, hew.* abrirse a = render + open to, open + Posesivo + mind up to.* abrirse a posibilidades = be open to possibilities.* abrirse camino = plough through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into, foist + Posesivo + way into, make + Posesivo + way in the world.* abrirse camino (a empujones) = push + Posesivo + way across/into.* abrirse camino en el mundo = make + Posesivo + way in the world.* abrirse camino en la vida = get on in + life.* abrirse en espiral = spiral out.* abrirse la cabeza = smash + Posesivo + head, smash + Posesivo + head open.* abrirse paso = jostle, break through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into.* abrirse un socavón = cave in.* abrir una brecha = breach.* abrir una cerradura con ganzúa = pick + lock.* abrir una consulta = hang out + Posesivo + shingle.* abrir un agujero = cut + hole.* abrir una interrogante sobre = leave + open the question of.* abrir una negociación = open up + negotiation.* abrir una ventana = switch on + window.* abrir un camino = chart + direction.* abrir un menú = pop up + a menu.* a medio abrir = half-opened.* en un abrir y cerrar de ojos = in a jiffy, in the time it takes to flick a switch, at the flick of a switch, with the flick of a switch, in a flash, in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time, with the tip of a hat, in and out in a flash, in a heartbeat, as quick as a wink, at the drop of a hat, in a trice.* en un abrir y cerrar de ojos = in the blink of an eye, in the twinkling of an eye, in a snap.* paréntesis que abre = left parenthesis.* sin abrir = unopened.* sin abrirse = unfolded.* volver a abrir = be back in business.* * *vtA2 ‹ojos/boca› to open ver tb3 ‹paquete/maleta› to open; ‹carta/sobre› to open4 ‹botella/frasco/lata› to open5 ‹paraguas› to open, put up; ‹abanico› to open; ‹mapa› to open out, unfold; ‹libro› to open; ‹mano› to open6 ‹cortinas› to open, draw back; ‹persianas› to raise, pull upB ‹grifo/agua/gas› to turn on; ‹válvula› to openC1 ‹zanja/túnel› to dig; ‹agujero› to makela bomba abrió un boquete en la pared the bomb blew o blasted a hole in the wallabrieron una entrada en la pared they made o smashed a hole in the wallabrieron una zanja en la calzada they dug a trench in the roadle abrió la cabeza de una pedrada he hit her with a stone and gashed her headabrió un abismo insondable entre los dos países it created a yawning gulf between the two countries2 ‹absceso› to open … up ‹paciente›D1 ‹comercio/museo/restaurante› (para el quehacer diario) to open; (inaugurar) to open (up)¿a qué hora abren el mercado? what time does the market open?¿a qué hora abren la taquilla? what time does the box office open?van a abrir un nuevo hospital they're going to open a new hospitalla exposición se abrirá al público mañana the exhibition will open to the public tomorrow2 ‹carretera/aeropuerto› to open; ‹frontera› to open (up) camino m B 1. (↑ camino), paso1 (↑ paso (1))3 ( Com) to open upcon el fin de abrir nuevos mercados para nuestros productos with the aim of opening up new markets for our products4 ( Inf) ‹documento/fichero› to openE (iniciar) ‹cuenta bancaria› to open; ‹negocio› to start, set up; ‹suscripción› to take out; ‹caso› to open; ‹investigación› to begin, set upel plazo para la presentación de solicitudes se abrirá el 2 de junio applications will be accepted from June 2todavía no se ha abierto la matrícula registration hasn't begun yetF1 (dar comienzo a) ‹acto/debate/ceremonia› to openabrieron el baile los novios the bride and groom opened the dancing¡abran fuego! open fire!2 ‹desfile/cortejo› to head, lead3 ‹paréntesis/comillas› to openG ‹apeitito› to whetla caminata me abrió el apetito the walk whetted my appetiteH ‹perspectivas› to open upel acuerdo abre un panorama desolador para la flota pesquera the agreement points to o ( frml) presages a bleak future for the fishing fleeteste descubrimiento abre nuevas posibilidades en este campo this discovery opens up new possibilities in this fieldabriría una etapa de entendimiento mutuo it was to mark the beginning of o to herald the beginning of o to usher in a period of mutual understandingI(hacer más receptivo): le había abierto la mente it had made her more open-mindedabrir algo A algo to open sth up TO sthpara abrir nuestro país a las nuevas corrientes ideológicas to open our country up to new ways of thinking■ abrirviA «persona» to open up¡abre! soy yo open the door o open up! it's mellaman al timbre, ve a abrir there's someone ringing the bell, go and answer itB «puerta/ventana/cajón» to openesta ventana no abre/no abre bien this window doesn't open/doesn't open properlyC «comerciante/comercio/oficina» to openno abrimos los domingos we don't open on Sundays, we're not open on Sundaysla biblioteca abre de nueve a tres the library is open from nine till threeel museo abrirá al público el próximo lunes the museum will open to the public next MondayD1 «acto/ceremonia» to open2 ( Jueg) to openE ( fam)(para operar): va a haber que abrir we're going to have to open him up ( colloq), we're going to have to cut him open ( colloq)■parece que quiere abrir it looks as if it's going to clear up■ abrirseA1 «puerta/ventana» to openla puerta se abrió violentamente the door flew openabrirse A algo to open INTO/ ONTO sthlas habitaciones se abren a un corredor/a un patio interior the rooms open onto a corridor/into a courtyard2 «flor/almeja» to open3 «paracaídas» to openB1 ( refl) ‹chaqueta/cremallera› to undo2(rajarse): se cayó y se abrió la cabeza she fell and split her head open3 ( refl) ‹venas›se abrió las venas he slashed his wrists4 ‹muñeca/tobillo› to sprain5 «madera/costura» to splitla tela se está abriendo en las costuras the fabric's going o beginning to go o beginning to split at the seamsC1 ( liter)(ofrecerse a la vista): un espléndido panorama se abrió ante sus ojos the most beautiful view unfolded before their eyes ( liter)al final de la calle se abría una plazuela the end of the street opened out into a little square2 «perspectivas» to open upcon este descubrimiento se abren nuevos horizontes this discovery opens up new horizonsun maravilloso porvenir se abre ante nosotros a wonderful future lies ahead of us, we have a wonderful future ahead of usD ‹período› to begincon este tratado se abre una nueva etapa en las relaciones bilaterales this treaty marks o heralds a new era in bilateral relationsE1 (confiarse) abrirse A algn to open up TO sb2 (hacerse más receptivo) abrirse A algo to open up TO sthnuestro país debe abrirse a las influencias externas our country must open up to outside influencesFyo a las cinco me abro come five o'clock I'm off o I'll be off o I'm taking off* * *
abrir ( conjugate abrir) verbo transitivo
1 ( en general) to open;
‹ paraguas› to open, put up;
‹ mapa› to open out, unfold;
‹ cortinas› to open, draw back;
‹ persianas› to raise, pull up;
‹ cremallera› to undo
2 ‹llave/gas› to turn on;
‹ válvula› to open;
‹ cerradura› to unlock
3
‹ agujero› to make
4
( inaugurar) to open (up);◊ ¿a qué hora abren la taquilla? what time does the box office open?
‹ frontera› to open (up)
5
‹ negocio› to start, set up;
‹ suscripción› to take out;
‹ investigación› to begin, set up;
abrir fuego to open fire
6 ‹ apetito› to whet
abrirse verbo pronominal
1
abrirse a algo ‹a jardín/corredor› to open onto sth
[ paracaídas] to open
2 ( refl) ‹chaqueta/cremallera› to undo
3
[ perspectivas] to open up;
abrir
I verbo transitivo
1 (separar, permitir el acceso, desplegar) to open
(una cerradura) to unlock
(una cremallera) to undo
2 (una llave, un grifo) to turn on
3 (hacer una zanja, un túnel, etc) to dig
(hacer un ojal, el agujero de una ventana) to make: abriremos una ventana en esta pared, we'll make an opening for a window on this wall
4 (iniciar un discurso, una actividad) to open, start: van a abrir una tienda en la esquina, they're going to open a shop on the corner
tienes que abrir una cuenta en este banco, you've got to open an account at this bank
5 (ampliar, expandir) to open: deberíamos abrir nuestro mercado, we should open up our market
6 (rajar) to slit: cuando abrimos la sandía resultó que no estaba madura, when we cut open the watermelon we realised that it wasn't ripe
abrieron la res en canal, they slit open the animal
7 Jur a Álvarez le han abierto un expediente, they have started investigating Álvarez
II verbo intransitivo
1 to open
♦ Locuciones: en un abrir y cerrar de ojos, in the twinkling of an eye
' abrir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
caja
- canal
- dar
- fuego
- ojo
- poner
- tardar
- zanja
- apalancar
- baile
- correr
- cuenta
- grifo
- intención
- palanca
- paso
English:
answer
- blaze
- claw
- door
- draw
- fire
- force
- get
- hurtle
- instruct
- light
- manage
- open
- open up
- prise
- put on
- put up
- reopen
- sharpen
- snap
- trice
- turn on
- twinkling
- unlock
- unwrap
- whet
- whisk away
- whisk off
- work up
- wrench
- bore
- breach
- downstairs
- gouge
- ground
- lance
- lever
- pick
- put
- quarry
- set
- sink
- splay
- start
- time
- try
- tunnel
- turn
- undo
- unopened
* * *♦ vt1. [en general] to open;[alas] to spread; [agua, gas] to turn on; [cerradura] to unlock, to open; Informát [archivo] to open; [cremallera] to undo; [melón, sandía] to cut open; [paraguas] to open; [cortinas] to open, to draw; [persianas] to raise; [frontera] to open (up);ella abrió la caja she opened the box;abrir un libro to open a book;abrir la licitación/sesión to open the bidding/session;en un abrir y cerrar de ojos in the blink o twinkling of an eye2. [túnel] to dig;[canal, camino] to build; [agujero, surco] to make;la explosión abrió un gran agujero en la pared the explosion blasted a big hole in the wall;le abrieron la cabeza de un botellazo they smashed his head open with a bottle3. [iniciar] [cuenta bancaria] to open;[investigación] to open, to start4. [inaugurar] to open;van a abrir un nuevo centro comercial they're going to open a new shopping centre5. [apetito] to whet;la natación abre el apetito swimming makes you hungry6. [signo ortográfico] to open;abrir comillas/paréntesis to open inverted commas/brackets7. [encabezar] [lista] to head;[manifestación, desfile] to lead8. [mentalidad] to open;viajar le ha abierto la mente travelling has opened her mind o made her more open-minded9. [posibilidades] to open up;el acuerdo abre una nueva época de co-operación the agreement paves the way for a new era of co-operation;la empresa intenta abrir nuevos mercados en el exterior the company is trying to open up new markets abroad10. [comenzar] to open;el discurso del Presidente abrió el congreso the President's speech opened the congress;abrió su participación en el torneo con una derrota she opened o started the tournament with a defeat11.su dimisión abre paso a una nueva generación his resignation clears the way for a new generation14. Fam [operar]tuvieron que abrir al paciente para sacarle la bala they had to cut the patient open to remove the bullet15. Col, Cuba [desbrozar] to clear♦ vi1. [en general] to open;la tienda abre a las nueve the shop opens at nine (o'clock);abrimos también los domingos [en letrero] also open on Sundays2. [abrir la puerta] to open the door;abre, que corra un poco el aire open the door and let a bit of air in here;¡abra, policía! open up, it's the police!3. [en juego de cartas] to open;me toca abrir a mí it's my lead4. Fam [en operación]será una intervención sencilla, no hará falta abrir it's a straightforward procedure, we won't need to cut her open* * *< abierto>I v/tabrir los ojos open one’s eyes;abrir al tráfico open to traffic;abrir camino fig pave the way;le abrió el apetito it gave him an appetite2 túnel dig3 grifo turn ona medio abrir half-open;en un abrir y cerrar de ojos in the twinkling of an eye* * *abrir {2} vt1) : to open2) : to unlock, to undo3) : to turn on (a tap or faucet)abrir vi: to open, to open up* * *abrir vb1. (en general) to open¿a qué hora abren los bancos? what time do the banks open?2. (grifo, gas) to turn on -
45 in
prep inmoto a luogo toin casa at homeè in Scozia he is in Scotlandva in Inghilterra he is going to Englandin italiano in Italianin campagna in the countryessere in viaggio be travellingviaggiare in macchina travel by carnel 1999 in 1999una giacca in pelle a leather jacketin vacanza on holidayse fossi in te if I were you, if I were in your place* * *in prep.1 (stato in luogo, posizione) in, at; (dentro) inside; (su, sopra) on: in Italia, negli Stati Uniti, in Italy, in the United States; abitano in città, in campagna, in centro, in periferia, they live in town, in the country, in the centre, on the outskirts; in ufficio, at the office; in casa, in chiesa, at home, at church; nell'aria, in the air; la casa editrice ha sede in Milano, the publishing house has its headquarters in Milan; la statua sorge nel centro della piazza, the statue stands in the centre of the square; mio padre lavora in banca, my father works in a bank; stanotte dormiremo in albergo, we'll sleep in a hotel tonight; è stato due anni in prigione, he spent two years in prison; prendevano il sole in giardino, they were sunbathing in the garden; nel cielo erano apparse le prime stelle, the first stars had appeared in the sky; i fazzoletti sono nel primo cassetto, the handkerchieves are in the top drawer; nella stanza c'era molto fumo, there was a lot of smoke in the room; c'era gran festa nelle strade e nelle piazze, there were great celebrations in the streets and squares; siamo rimasti chiusi in casa tutto il giorno, we stayed in the house (o indoors) all day; ti aspetto in macchina, I'll wait for you in the car; non c'è niente in tavola?, isn't there anything on the table?; leggo sempre in treno, I always read on the train; hanno una casa proprio in riva al mare, they have a house right on the sea front; la notizia è apparsa in prima pagina, the news was on the front page; gli diede un bacio in fronte, she kissed him on the forehead; teneva in braccio un bambino, she was holding a baby in her arms; che cos'hai in mano?, what have you got in your hands?; ho sempre in mente le sue parole, his words are still in my mind; in lui ho trovato un vero amico, I found a real friend in him; questa espressione ricorre spesso in Dante, this expression often appears in Dante; nel lavoro non trova alcuna soddisfazione, he gets no satisfaction from his job // in fondo a, at the bottom of // in primo piano, in the foreground (o up close) // in bella mostra, in a prominent position // nel bel mezzo, right in the middle: s'interruppe nel bel mezzo del discorso, he stopped right in the middle of his speech // (non) avere fiducia in se stesso, (not) to be self-confident // credere in Dio, to believe in God2 (moto a luogo, direzione) to; (verso l'interno) into: è andato in Francia per lavoro, he went to France on business; domani andremo in campagna, we'll go to the country tomorrow; vorrei tornare in America, I'd like to go back to America; devo scendere in cantina, I must go down to the cellar; quando rientrerete in città?, when are you returning to town?; la nave era appena entrata in porto, the ship had just come into dock; la gente si riversò nelle strade, people poured into the streets; abbiamo mandato i bambini in montagna, we've sent the children to the mountains; questa merce va spedita in Germania, these goods are to be sent to Germany; non sporgerti troppo dalla barca, puoi cadere in acqua, don't lean too far out of the boat, you might fall in the water; puoi venire nel mio ufficio un attimo?, can you come into my office for a moment?; mise la mano in tasca e tirò fuori il portafoglio, he put his hand in his pocket and took out his wallet; rimetti quelle pratiche nel cassetto, put those papers back in the drawer; vai subito nella tua stanza!, go to your room at once!; hanno arrestato il ladro e l'hanno messo in prigione, the thief was arrested and put in prison; in quale direzione andate?, which way are you going?; sulle scale m'imbattei in uno sconosciuto, I bumped into a stranger on the stairs; ho inciampato in un gradino e sono caduto, I tripped over a step and fell down; si è messo in mente di fare l'attore, he's got it into his head that he wants to become an actor3 (moto per luogo) through, across: ha viaggiato molto in Europa, he has done a lot of travelling across Europe; il corteo sfilò nelle strade principali, the procession wound its way through the main streets; correre nei campi, to run across the fields; tanti pensieri le passavano nella mente, many thoughts went through her mind4 (cambiamento, passaggio, trasformazione) into: tradurre dall'inglese in italiano, to translate from English into Italian; convertire gli euro in dollari, to change euros into dollars; la proprietà è stata divisa in due, the property has been divided in half (o into two); il vaso cadde e andò in frantumi, the vase fell and broke into pieces // si è fatto in quattro per aiutarci, he bent over backwards to help us // il maltempo ha mandato in fumo tutti i nostri progetti, the bad weather put paid to all our plans // di bene in meglio, better and better; di male in peggio, from bad to worse // di tre in tre, in threes // Anita Rossi in De Marchi, (di donna coniugata) Anita De Marchi, née Rossi // andare in rovina, to go to (rack and) ruin (anche fig.) // andare in estasi, to be overjoyed // montare in collera, to fly into a rage5 (tempo) in; on; at: in marzo, in primavera, in March, in spring; in pieno inverno, in the middle of winter; in una mattina d'estate, one (o on a) summer morning; in quel giorno, on that day; in questo (preciso) momento, at this (very) moment; in tutta la mia vita, in all my life; nel pomeriggio, in the afternoon; si è laureato nel 1980, he graduated in 1980; tornerò a casa nel mese di settembre, I'll return home in September; nell'era atomica, in the atomic age; in gioventù, in (one's) youth; in tempo di guerra, di pace, in wartime, in peacetime; in epoca vittoriana, in the Victorian age; esamineranno otto candidati in un giorno, they will examine eight candidates in one day; ha fatto tutto il lavoro in due ore, he got through all the work in two hours; viene in Italia tre volte in un anno, he comes to Italy three times a year // arriverò in giornata, I'll arrive some time in the day // in serata, during the evening // nello stesso tempo, at the same time // nel frattempo, in the meantime // in un attimo, in un batter d'occhio, in a flash, in the twinkling of an eye // in men che non si dica, quick as a flash // in quattro e quattr'otto, in less than no time // di ora in ora, di giorno in giorno, from time to time, from day to day6 (modo, maniera) in; on: il pubblico ascoltava in silenzio, the audience listened in silence; mi guardava in un modo strano, he looked at me in a strange way (o strangely); parla in perfetto italiano, he speaks perfect Italian; scrivere in penna, in matita, in corsivo, in versi, to write in pen, in pencil, in italics, in verse; le istruzioni erano scritte in tedesco, the instructions were written in German; camminava in fretta, he was walking in a hurry; rispose in tono sgarbato, he answered rudely; entrammo in punta di piedi, we entered on tiptoe; procedevano in fila indiana, they walked single file; preferì rimanere in disparte, he preferred to stay on his own; stare in piedi, to stand on one's feet; tutti erano in abito da sera, they were all in evening dress; uscì in pantofole sul pianerottolo, he went on to the landing in his slippers // (resto) in attesa di una vostra cortese risposta, (nelle lettere) awaiting your reply // (comm.) assegno in bianco, blank cheque; pagare in contanti, in assegni, to pay cash, by cheque; 10.000 euro in biglietti da 10, 10,000 euros in 10 euro notes // una riproduzione in miniatura, a reproduction in miniature (o a miniature reproduction); trasmettere in diretta, to broadcast live // una partita in casa, in trasferta, a home, an away match // pomodori in insalata, tomato salad; pollo in gelatina, chicken in aspic7 (stato, condizione, circostanza) in, at: essere in pace, in guerra con qlcu., to be at peace, at war with s.o.; mi piace stare in compagnia, I like company; vivere nell'angoscia, to live in anxiety; in salute e in malattia, in sickness and in health; morì in miseria, he died in poverty; la sua vita era in pericolo, her life was in danger; ero in una situazione imbarazzante, I was in an embarrassing position; siamo nei pasticci!, we're in a mess!; ben presto si trovò nei guai fino al collo, he soon found himself up to his neck in trouble; non sono in condizioni di pagare una cifra simile, I'm not in a position to pay such a sum (of money) // essere in odio, in simpatia a qlcu., to be liked, to be hated by s.o.8 (limitazione, misura) in, at: (la) laurea in lingue, a degree in languages; dottore in legge, doctor of law; è bravo in matematica, ma è debole in francese, he's good at maths, but poor at French; un terzo della classe è stato rimandato in chimica, a third of the class is having to repeat chemistry; ha conseguito il diploma in ragioneria, he got a diploma in bookkeeping; ha intenzione di specializzarsi in pediatria, he is going to specialize in pediatrics; la nostra ditta commercia in pellami, our firm deals in leather goods; mio fratello è campione di salto in alto, my brother is high jump champion; la stanza era 5 metri in lunghezza, the room was 5 metres long9 (materia): una statua in bronzo, a bronze statue; una borsa in pelle, a leather handbag; rivestimento in legno, wood panelling; abito in puro cotone, an all cotton dress; poltrone in velluto, velvet armchairs; incisione in rame, copperplate engraving; un vassoio in argento, a silver tray ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, in questo significato si usa spesso in inglese la forma aggettivale in luogo del compl. introdotto dalla prep. in10 (mezzo) by; in; on: viaggiare in treno, in aereo, in macchina, to travel by train, by air, by car; sei venuto a piedi o in autobus?, have you come on foot or by bus?; abbiamo fatto una gita in barca, we went out on the boat; pagare in euro, in dollari, in assegni, to pay in euros, in dollars, by cheque11 (fine, scopo): ho avuto in dono una macchina fotografica, I've been presented with a camera; il vincitore riceverà in premio un milione di dollari, the winner will receive a prize of a million dollars; mi ha dato in prestito la sua macchina per qualche giorno, he has lent me his car for a few days; mi hanno mandato in visione il primo volume dell'opera, they sent me the first volume of the work to look at; la festa era in onore del sindaco, the party was in honour of the mayor; parlare in difesa di qlcu., to speak in s.o.'s defence12 (seguito da inf.): nell'entrare mi accorsi subito che qualcosa non andava, on entering I realized at once there was something wrong; l'ho incontrato nel tornare, I met him on the way back; nel salire in macchina mi sono cadute le chiavi, I dropped my keys while getting into the car; il bicchiere si è rotto nel lavarlo, the glass broke while it was being washed; nel dire ciò fu preso da commozione, in saying this he was overcome by emotion13 (predicativo; in ingl. non si traduce): siamo rimasti in due, only two of us were left; fra tutti eravamo in quaranta, there were forty of us in all; erano in molti, in pochi, there were many of them, few of them; se fossi in te, if I were you; dipingere qlco. in rosso, to paint sthg. red.◆ FRASEOLOGIA: in alto, up there; up (above); in basso, down there; down (below); in giù, downward (s); in su, upward (s) // in cerca di, in search of // in dettaglio, in detail; in forse, in doubt // in particolare, in particular // in quanto, in so far as: in quanto a ciò, as for that // in tutti i modi, in any case; in virtù di, as... // in rapporto a, as regards // in qualità di, in (one's) capacity as // nel caso che, (se, qualora) if; (nell'eventualità che) in case: portati l'ombrello, nel caso che piova, take your umbrella with you in case it rains; nel caso che torni prima di me, fatti dare le chiavi dal portinaio, if you should get back before I do, get the keys from the custodian // in fede, yours faithfully // in coscienza, truthfully // in lungo e in largo, far and wide.* * *[in]1. prep in + il = nel, in + lo = nello, in + l'= nell', in + la = nella, in + i = nei, in + gli = negli, in + le = nelle1) (stato in luogo) in, (all'interno) insidesono rimasto in casa — I stayed at home, I stayed indoors
se fossi in te — if I were you
un giornale diffuso in tutta Italia — a newspaper read all over o throughout Italy
2) (moto a luogo) to, (dentro) intoin campagna/in montagna — to go into the country/to the mountainsin Francia — I'm going to Francein casa — to go into the housein macchina — to get into the carqc in acqua — to throw sth into the waterin una radice — he tripped over a rootdi città in città — to move from town to town3)il corteo è passato in piazza — the procession passed through the squaresta facendo un viaggio in Egitto — he's travelling in o around Egypt
4) (tempo) in5) (mezzo) bymi piace viaggiare in aereo — I like travelling by plane, I like flying
ci andremo in macchina — we'll go there by car, we'll drive there
6) (modo, maniera) in7) (materia) made of8)9) (misura) in10)ha sbagliato nel rispondere male — he was wrong to be rudesi è fatto male nel salire sull'autobus — he hurt himself as he was getting onto the bus
2. avvin — (di moda, attuale) to be in3. agg inv* * *[in]1) (stato in luogo) in; (all'interno) in, inside; (sopra) onabito in via Roma — I live in BE o on AE via Roma
vivere in Italia, in città, in campagna — to live in Italy, in town, in the country
2) (moto a luogo) toandare in Francia, in città, in campagna — to go to France, to town, to the country
passeggiare in centro — to walk in the city centre BE o around downtown AE
viaggiare in Cina, negli Stati Uniti — to travel around o through Cina, the United States
in settimana mangio alla mensa — during the week I eat at the canteen; (entro)
5) (mezzo) by6) (modo, maniera)un'opera in versi, inglese, tre volumi — a work in verse, in English, in three volumes
7) (fine)Enza Bianchi in Rossi — Enza Rossi, née Bianchi
10) (materia)11) (limitazione)12) (misura)il muro misura tre metri in altezza e sei in lunghezza — the wall is three metres high and six metres long
13) (quantità)nel tornare a casa,... — on my way home,...
nel dire così,... — saying this
* * *in/in/1 (stato in luogo) in; (all'interno) in, inside; (sopra) on; abito in via Roma I live in BE o on AE via Roma; vivere in Italia, in città, in campagna to live in Italy, in town, in the country; stare in casa to stay at home; essere in un taxi to be in a taxi; in televisione on TV; in questa storia in this story; nel suo discorso in his speech; che cosa ti piace in un uomo? what do you like in a man? un tema ricorrente in Montale a recurrent theme in Montale's work2 (moto a luogo) to; andare in Francia, in città, in campagna to go to France, to town, to the country; andare in vacanza to go on holiday; vado in macelleria I'm going to the butcher's; entrare in una stanza to go into a room; il treno sta per entrare in stazione the train is arriving at the station; salire in macchina to get into the car3 (moto per luogo) passeggiare in centro to walk in the city centre BE o around downtown AE; viaggiare in Cina, negli Stati Uniti to travel around o through Cina, the United States; correre nei prati to run across the fields; infilare il dito nella fessura to stick one's finger through the slit4 (tempo) (durante) in inverno in winter; nel 1991 in 1991; nel Medio Evo in the Middle Ages; negli ultimi giorni over the last few days; in settimana mangio alla mensa during the week I eat at the canteen; (entro) l'ho fatto in due giorni I did it in two days; lo farò in settimana I'll do it within the week5 (mezzo) by; sono venuto in taxi I came here by taxi; abbiamo fatto un giro in barca we went out on the boat6 (modo, maniera) un'opera in versi, inglese, tre volumi a work in verse, in English, in three volumes; parlare in spagnolo to speak Spanish; in piena forma in great shape; in contanti (in) cash7 (fine) ho avuto questo libro in regalo this book was given to me as a present; in vendita for sale8 (trasformazione) tradurre in italiano to translate into Italian; cambiare delle sterline in dollari to change pounds in dollars9 (per indicare relazione di matrimonio) Enza Bianchi in Rossi Enza Rossi, née Bianchi11 (limitazione) laurea in filosofia degree in philosophy; laureato in lettere arts graduate; essere bravo in storia to be good at history; malattia frequente nei bovini common disease in cattle; in politica in politics12 (misura) il muro misura tre metri in altezza e sei in lunghezza the wall is three metres high and six metres long13 (quantità) erano in venti there were twenty of them; siamo in pochi there are few of us; abbiamo fatto il lavoro in due two of us did the job14 (davanti a un infinito) nel tornare a casa,... on my way home,...; nel dire così,... saying this,...\See also notes... (in.pdf) -
46 FYRIR
* * *prep.I. with dat.1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);fyrir dyrum, before the door;2) before one, in one’s presence;hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;3) for;hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;4) before one, in one’s way;fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;5) naut. term. before, off;liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;6) before, at the head of, over;vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;7) of time, ago;fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;fyrir stundu, a while ago;fyrir löngu, long ago;vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);8) before, above, superior to;Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;11) because of, for;hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;fyrir hræðslu, for fear;illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;fyrir því at, because, since, as;12) against;gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;13) fyrir sér, of oneself;mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;14) denoting manner or quality, with;hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;II. with acc.1) before, in front of;halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;2) before, into the presence of;stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;3) over;hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;5) round, off;sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;6) along, all along;fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;8) for, on behalf of;vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;9) for, for the benefit of;þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);10) for, instead of, in place of, as;11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;12) denoting value, price;fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;fyrir handan á, beyond the river;fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;III. as adverb or ellipt.1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;2) first;mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;3) at hand, present, to the fore;föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).* * *prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.C. METAPH.:I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.X. as adverb or ellipt.,1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.C. METAPH.:I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence. -
47 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
48 echar
v.1 to throw.echar algo a la basura to throw something in the binElla echa la basura She throws the garbage.2 to put.echa esos pantalones a la lavadora put those trousers in the washing machine3 to pour (añadir) (vino, agua).échame más zumo, por favor (sal, azúcar) could you pour me some more juice, please?4 to give (decir) (discurso).5 to post(postcard, letter).echar algo al correo to put something in the post, to post something, to mail something (United States)6 to give off, to emit (humo, vapor, chispas).El silenciador echa gases tóxicos The muffler emits toxic gases.7 to sprout, to shoot (hojas, flores).Mi mata de café echó hojitas My coffee plant sprouted leaves.8 to lie (down).9 to tell (buenaventura).10 to fire, to turn out, to dismiss.La empresa echó a los empleados The company fired the employees.11 to put in, to add in, to pour, to pour in.Ella le echó agua al balde She put water in the pail.12 to cast out, to throw out, to ditch, to drop.María echó al borracho Mary cast out the wino.13 to blame, to attribute.Le echó la culpa a Ricardo He attributed the blame to Ricardo.14 to blurt out.Nos echó una andanada de insultos He blurted out insults on us.* * *1 (lanzar) to throw2 (dejar caer) to put, drop4 (carta) to post, US mail5 (expulsar) to throw out6 (despedir de empleo) to sack, dismiss, fire8 (decir) to tell9 (emanar) to give out, give off10 (suponer, calcular) to guess11 (poner, aplicar) to put on, apply■ echa la llave lock the door, lock it■ echa el cerrojo bolt the door, fasten the bolt13 (multas, tributos) to give, impose14 (en naipes) to deal15 familiar (en el cine, teatro) to show, put on3 echar por (seguir, ir) to take, follow1 (arrojarse) to throw oneself2 (tenderse) to lie down3 (ponerse) to put on4 (novio, novia) to get oneself\echar a cara o cruz to toss forechar a un lado to push asideechar a perder to spoilechar a suertes to draw lotsechar abajo→ link=echarechar por tierraechar algo a suertes figurado to draw lots for somethingechar barriga / echar carnes to put on weightechar cuentas to calculateechar de menos / echar en falta to missechar el freno to put the brake onechar en cara to blameechar la buenaventura to tell somebody's fortuneechar la casa por la ventana figurado to spare no expense, splash outechar las bases de to lay the foundations forechar leña al fuego figurado to add fuel to the fireechar maldiciones to curseechar mano a algo to reach for somethingechar mano de to make use ofechar pelillos a la mar figurado to bury the hatchetechar un cigarrillo to smoke a cigaretteechar una mano to give a handechar una mirada / echar una ojeada to have a look, have a quick lookechar una parrafada to have a chatechar una partida to play a gameechar una regañina a alguien / echar un sermón a alguien to tell somebody offechar una siesta to have a siestaecharse a un lado to move to one sideechárselas de familiar to claim to be* * *verb1) to throw, throw out2) fire, dismiss3) put forth4) add5) launch6) put•- echar de menos
- echarse* * *Para las expresiones echar abajo, echar en cara, echar la culpa, echar en falta, echar de menos, echar a perder, echar raíces, echar a suertes, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) (=tirar) [+ pelota, piedra, dados] to throw; [+ basura] to throw away; [+ ancla, red] to cast; [+ moneda al aire] to toss; [+ mirada] to cast, give; [+ naipe] to deal¿qué te han echado los Reyes? — ≈ what did you get for Christmas?
- echarlas2) (=poner) to put¿te echo mantequilla en el pan? — shall I put some butter on your bread?
leña 1)•
tengo que echar [gasolina] — I need to fill up (with petrol)3) (=verter) to pour4) (=servir) [+ bebida] to pour; [+ comida] to giveéchame agua — could you give {o} pour me some water?
¿te echo más whisky? — shall I pour you some more whisky?
•
tengo que echar de [comer] a los animales — I have to feed the animalslo que le echen —
5) (=dejar salir)chispa 1., 1), espuma 1), hostia 6), leche 9), peste 3), sangre 1)¡qué peste echan tus zapatos! — * your shoes stink to high heaven! *
6) (=expulsar) [de casa, bar, tienda, club] to throw out; [del trabajo] to fire *, sack *; [de colegio] to expella echaron del trabajo — she's been fired {o} sacked *
echar algo de sí — to get rid of sth, throw sth off
7) (=producir) [+ dientes] to cut; [+ hojas] to sproutestá empezando a echar barriga — he's starting to get a bit of a belly {o} paunch
¡vaya mal genio que has echado últimamente! — you've become {o} got really bad-tempered recently!
8) (=cerrar)echar la llave/el cerrojo — to lock/bolt the door
9) (=mover)a) [+ parte del cuerpo]echar la cabeza a un lado — to tilt {o} cock one's head to one side
b) (=empujando) to push10) (=enviar) [+ carta] to post, mail (EEUU)¿dónde puedo echar esta postal? — where can I post this postcard?
11) (=calcular) to reckon¿cuántos kilos le echas? — how much do you think {o} reckon she weighs?
¿cuántos años le echas? — how old do you think {o} reckon he is?
12) (=dar) [+ discurso] to give, makeechar una reprimenda a algn — to tick sb off, give sb a ticking-off
13) [con sustantivos que implican acciones] [+ trago, partida] to have¿echamos un café? — shall we have a coffee?
salió al balcón a echar un cigarrillo — he went out onto the balcony for a smoke {o} cigarette
polvo 5), vistazoechar una multa a algn — to fine sb, give sb a fine
14) [+ tiempo]de jóvenes nos echábamos nuestros buenos ratos de charla — we used to spend a lot of time talking when we were younger
15) * [en cine, televisión] to showecharon un programa sobre Einstein — there was a programme about Einstein on, they showed a programme about Einstein
¿qué echan en el cine? — what's on at the cinema?
16) [+ cimientos] to lay17) (Zool) [para procrear]2.VERBO INTRANSITIVO (=tirar)•
¡echa [para] adelante! — lead on!ahora tienes que echar para adelante y olvidarte del pasado — you need to get on with your life and forget about the past
es un olor que echa para atrás — * it's a smell that really knocks you back *
echar a ({+ infin})•
echar [por] una calle — to go down a streetechar a correr — to break into a run, start running
echar a reír — to burst out laughing, start laughing
3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) (lanzar, tirar) to throwlo eché a la basura — I threw it out o away
echaron el ancla/la red — they cast anchor/their net
echar de menos algo/a alguien — to miss something/somebody
b) ( soltar)c) (Jueg) < carta> to play, put down2) ( expulsar) < persona> ( de trabajo) to fire (colloq), to sack (BrE colloq); (de bar, teatro) to throw... out; ( de colegio) to expel3) < carta> to mail (AmE), to post (BrE)4)a) (pasar, correr) < cortinas> to pull, draw¿echaste el cerrojo? — did you bolt the door?
b) ( mover)lo echó para atrás — she pushed (o moved etc) it backward(s)
5) (expeler, despedir) <olor, humo, chispas> to give off6) ( producir)a) < hojas> to sproutb) < dientes> to cutestás echando barriga — (fam) you're getting a bit of a tummy (colloq)
7)¿le echas azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?
échale valor y díselo — (fam) just pluck up your courage and tell him
b) (servir, dar) to give¿te echo más salsa? — do you want some more sauce?
8)a) (decir, dirigir) <sermón/discurso> (+ me/te/le etc)me echó un sermón — (fam) he gave me a real talking-to (colloq)
b) (fam) ( imponer) <condena/multa> (+ me/te/le etc) to givele echaron una multa — he got a fine, they gave him a fine
me echaron dos años — I got two years (colloq)
9) (fam) ( calcular) (+ me/te/le etc)¿cuántos años me echas? — how old do you think I am?
de aquí a tu casa échale una hora — it's o it takes about an hour from here to your house
10) (Esp fam) (dar, exhibir) <programa/película> to show¿qué echan en la tele? — what's on TV?
11) <cigarillo/trago> to haveecharle la culpa a alguien — to put o lay the blame on somebody
12)2.echar abajo — < edificio> to pull down; < gobierno> to bring down; < proyecto> to destroy; < esperanzas> to dash; < moral> to undermine
echar vi1) ( empezar)echar a + inf — to start o begin to + inf, start o begin -ing
echó a correr — he started to run o started running
2) ( dirigirse)3)3.echar para adelante or (fam) p'alante: echa para adelante un poco go forward a little; echa p'alante, que ya llegamos — keep going, we're nearly there
1) echarse v pron2)a) (tirarse, arrojarse) to throw oneselfecharse a perder — comida to go bad, go off (BrE); cosecha/proyecto/plan to be ruined
b) (tumbarse, acostarse) to lie downc) (apartarse, moverse) (+ compl)echárselas — (Chi fam)
se las echó — he upped and left (colloq)
echárselas de algo — (fam)
d) aves to brood3)a) ( ponerse) to put onb) (Esp fam) <novio/novia>se ha echado novia — he's found o got himself a girlfriend
c) (Méx fam) ( beberse) to drink4) ( expulsar)echarse un pedo — to fart (colloq)
5) (Méx fam) ( romper) to breakecharse a alguien — (Méx fam) to bump somebody off (colloq)
6) (Col fam) ( tardar) <horas/días> to take7) ( empezar) echar 1)* * *= throw, pour (in/into), toss, sack, give + Nombre + the boot, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, send + Nombre + packing, turf out, give off, billow out, spout.Ex. The point to be made for the novice abstractor is that editors are not ghouls who must be thrown raw meat before a check is issued.Ex. The water of the stuff poured into the middle of the cylinder through its wire-mesh cover, and was immediately pumped out from one end leaving a film of fibres on the surface.Ex. Everything being online, the exquisite oaken cabinets housing the card files were tossed.Ex. The author warns that shortsighted companies that believe all the information they need is on the Web may sack information professionals.Ex. He was given the boot for being discovered with a camera taking a photo of hula dancers.Ex. As Hartwick got older, the feds decided he was a major security risk and booted him out of the program.Ex. Justin pointed out that the government would not compromise and those found protecting illegal immigrants would be given the sack.Ex. Those who hold this view argued that the state government lacks the political will to send them packing for good.Ex. You will be disliked and turfed out as a sacrificial goat once your job is done but there will be many others queuing up for your services.Ex. Once the fronds have given off their spores, they die and can be cut back.Ex. Nearly everyone has seen a factory's smokestack billowing out black sooty smoke that dirties the air and blackens buildings.Ex. The weather cleared enough that we could get in to the volcanic islands (still spouting plumes of smoke) by copter in safety.----* culpa + echar a + Nombre = blame + lay + at the feet of + Nombre.* echando hostias = like the clappers.* echando mecha = like the clappers.* echar a Alguien de un Lugar = send + Nombre + on + Posesivo + way.* echar a andar = implement, leg it.* echar abajo = knock down.* echar a correr = bolt, make + a bolt for, take off + running, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.* echar a la calle = evict, throw + Nombre + out.* echar Algo por tierra = blow + Nombre + out of the water.* echar amarras = moor.* echar anclas = drop + anchor.* echar a perder = ruin, bungle, bring out + the worst in, cast + a blight on, blight, go off.* echar a pique = scuttle.* echar a suerte = draw + lots.* echar a un lado = push aside.* echar a volar = take + flight.* echar brotes = bud, sprout.* echar chispas = fume, froth at + the mouth.* echar chispas por los ojos = glower, scowl (at).* echar coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.* echar de menos = miss.* echar dentro de = throw into.* echar el ancla = drop + anchor.* echar el candado = padlock.* echar en cara = fault.* echar espuma por la boca = froth at + the mouth.* echar espumarajos por la boca = froth at + the mouth.* echar fuera = throw + Nombre + out.* echar gasolina = pump + gas.* echar hojas = leaf out.* echar humo = blow + smoke, fume, steam, smoulder [smolder, -USA], froth at + the mouth.* echar humo por las orejas = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.* echar la bola a rodar = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling.* echar la culpa = place + blame, fault.* echarle el ojo a = eye.* echarle la culpa a = put + the blame on.* echar leña al fuego = pour + oil on the flames.* echarle una mano a = bat for, go to + bat for.* echar los dientes = cut + Posesivo + teeth.* echar los postigos = shutter.* echarlo todo a perder = upset + the applecart.* echarlo todo a rodar = upset + the applecart.* echarlo todo por tierra = upset + the applecart.* echar mano a/de = leverage.* echar mano a los ahorros = dip into + savings.* echar mano de = fall back on, call into + play.* echar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back out, back up.* echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.* echar muchísimo de menos = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.* echar muchísimo en falta = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.* echar mucho de menos = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.* echar mucho en falta = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.* echar poco a poco = dribble.* echar por alto = bungle.* echar por encima = top with.* echar por la borda = go by + the board, jettison.* echar por tierra = scupper, blight, cast + a blight on.* echar por tierra las ilusiones = shatter + Posesivo + hopes.* echar por tierra los planes de Alguien = spike + Posesivo + guns.* echar por tierra una idea = crush + idea.* echar + Posesivo + planes a perder = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.* echar raíces = settle down, root.* echar sal = salt.* echar sal en la herida = add + salt to injury, add + salt to the wound, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.* echarse = stretch out, lie down.* echarse a la calle = take to + the road, take to + the streets.* echarse a la calles = spill (out) into + the streets.* echarse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.* echarse atrás = draw back, draw back, chicken out (on/of), back out, get + cold feet, backpedal [back-pedal].* echarse encima de = bear down on.* echarse flores = blow + Posesivo + own trumpet.* écharsele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.* echarse una cabezada = get + forty winks, get + some shut-eye, snatch + some shut-eye, grab + some shut-eye, snatch + forty winks, grab + forty winks, take + forty winks.* echarse una cabezadita = get + forty winks, get + some shut-eye, snatch + some shut-eye, grab + some shut-eye, snatch + forty winks, grab + forty winks, take + forty winks.* echarse una cana al aire = have + a fling.* echarse una canita al aire = have + a fling.* echarse una siesta = take + a nap, nap, napping, kip.* echarse un duelo = duel.* echarse un pulso = arm wrestling.* echarse un sueñecito = get + forty winks, get + some shut-eye, snatch + some shut-eye, grab + some shut-eye, snatch + forty winks, grab + forty winks, take + forty winks.* echarse un trago = tipple.* echar suertes = draw + lots.* echar toda la carne en el asador = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, shoot (for) + the moon, go for + broke.* echar una bronca = tell + Nombe + off, give + Nombre + a dressing-down, give + Nombre + a telling-off, chew + Nombre + up.* echar una buena bronca = give + Nombre + a good roasting.* echar una cana al aire = kick up + Posesivo + heels.* echar una cana al aire antes de sentar la cabeza = sow + Posesivo + wild oats.* echar una cana al aire cuando joven = sow + Posesivo + wild oats.* echar una canica al aire = disport + Reflexivo.* echar una mano = lend + a (helping) hand, put + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, set + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, muck in, pitch in.* echar una mano a Alguien = give + Nombre + a hand.* echar una meada = take + a leak, have + a leak.* echar una mirada = take + a look at, take + a peek, peek, have + a look, cast + a glance over, look through, glance at, take + a gander.* echar una mirada furtiva a = steal + a glance at.* echar una mirada mortal = look + daggers at.* echar una ojeada = look through, glance at, peek, take + a peek, take + a look at, take + a gander.* echar una ojeada a = cast + a glance over.* echar un cana al aire = one-night stand.* echar un casquete = fuck, screw, get + laid.* echar un chorro de = squirt.* echar un conjuro = cast + a (magic) spell.* echar un ojo = keep + an eye on, have + a look.* echar un polvo = fuck, screw, get + laid.* echar un rapapolvo = tell + Nombe + off, give + Nombre + a dressing-down, give + Nombre + a telling-off, chew + Nombre + up.* echar un tupido velo sobre = draw + a veil over.* echar un vistazo = take + a look at, glance at, check out, peek, have + a look, take + a peek, cast + a glance over, look through, browse, peruse, take + a gander.* echar valor = pluck up + courage, muster (up) + (the) courage, gather up + courage.* echar vino = pour + wine.* la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.* la suerte está echada = the die is cast.* para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.* planta que echa flores = bloomer.* salir a echarse un cigarro = go out for + a smoke.* salir echando leches = bolt, take off, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.* ser demasiado tarde para echar atrás = reach + the point of no return.* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) (lanzar, tirar) to throwlo eché a la basura — I threw it out o away
echaron el ancla/la red — they cast anchor/their net
echar de menos algo/a alguien — to miss something/somebody
b) ( soltar)c) (Jueg) < carta> to play, put down2) ( expulsar) < persona> ( de trabajo) to fire (colloq), to sack (BrE colloq); (de bar, teatro) to throw... out; ( de colegio) to expel3) < carta> to mail (AmE), to post (BrE)4)a) (pasar, correr) < cortinas> to pull, draw¿echaste el cerrojo? — did you bolt the door?
b) ( mover)lo echó para atrás — she pushed (o moved etc) it backward(s)
5) (expeler, despedir) <olor, humo, chispas> to give off6) ( producir)a) < hojas> to sproutb) < dientes> to cutestás echando barriga — (fam) you're getting a bit of a tummy (colloq)
7)¿le echas azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?
échale valor y díselo — (fam) just pluck up your courage and tell him
b) (servir, dar) to give¿te echo más salsa? — do you want some more sauce?
8)a) (decir, dirigir) <sermón/discurso> (+ me/te/le etc)me echó un sermón — (fam) he gave me a real talking-to (colloq)
b) (fam) ( imponer) <condena/multa> (+ me/te/le etc) to givele echaron una multa — he got a fine, they gave him a fine
me echaron dos años — I got two years (colloq)
9) (fam) ( calcular) (+ me/te/le etc)¿cuántos años me echas? — how old do you think I am?
de aquí a tu casa échale una hora — it's o it takes about an hour from here to your house
10) (Esp fam) (dar, exhibir) <programa/película> to show¿qué echan en la tele? — what's on TV?
11) <cigarillo/trago> to haveecharle la culpa a alguien — to put o lay the blame on somebody
12)2.echar abajo — < edificio> to pull down; < gobierno> to bring down; < proyecto> to destroy; < esperanzas> to dash; < moral> to undermine
echar vi1) ( empezar)echar a + inf — to start o begin to + inf, start o begin -ing
echó a correr — he started to run o started running
2) ( dirigirse)3)3.echar para adelante or (fam) p'alante: echa para adelante un poco go forward a little; echa p'alante, que ya llegamos — keep going, we're nearly there
1) echarse v pron2)a) (tirarse, arrojarse) to throw oneselfecharse a perder — comida to go bad, go off (BrE); cosecha/proyecto/plan to be ruined
b) (tumbarse, acostarse) to lie downc) (apartarse, moverse) (+ compl)echárselas — (Chi fam)
se las echó — he upped and left (colloq)
echárselas de algo — (fam)
d) aves to brood3)a) ( ponerse) to put onb) (Esp fam) <novio/novia>se ha echado novia — he's found o got himself a girlfriend
c) (Méx fam) ( beberse) to drink4) ( expulsar)echarse un pedo — to fart (colloq)
5) (Méx fam) ( romper) to breakecharse a alguien — (Méx fam) to bump somebody off (colloq)
6) (Col fam) ( tardar) <horas/días> to take7) ( empezar) echar 1)* * *= throw, pour (in/into), toss, sack, give + Nombre + the boot, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, send + Nombre + packing, turf out, give off, billow out, spout.Ex: The point to be made for the novice abstractor is that editors are not ghouls who must be thrown raw meat before a check is issued.
Ex: The water of the stuff poured into the middle of the cylinder through its wire-mesh cover, and was immediately pumped out from one end leaving a film of fibres on the surface.Ex: Everything being online, the exquisite oaken cabinets housing the card files were tossed.Ex: The author warns that shortsighted companies that believe all the information they need is on the Web may sack information professionals.Ex: He was given the boot for being discovered with a camera taking a photo of hula dancers.Ex: As Hartwick got older, the feds decided he was a major security risk and booted him out of the program.Ex: Justin pointed out that the government would not compromise and those found protecting illegal immigrants would be given the sack.Ex: Those who hold this view argued that the state government lacks the political will to send them packing for good.Ex: You will be disliked and turfed out as a sacrificial goat once your job is done but there will be many others queuing up for your services.Ex: Once the fronds have given off their spores, they die and can be cut back.Ex: Nearly everyone has seen a factory's smokestack billowing out black sooty smoke that dirties the air and blackens buildings.Ex: The weather cleared enough that we could get in to the volcanic islands (still spouting plumes of smoke) by copter in safety.* culpa + echar a + Nombre = blame + lay + at the feet of + Nombre.* echando hostias = like the clappers.* echando mecha = like the clappers.* echar a Alguien de un Lugar = send + Nombre + on + Posesivo + way.* echar a andar = implement, leg it.* echar abajo = knock down.* echar a correr = bolt, make + a bolt for, take off + running, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.* echar a la calle = evict, throw + Nombre + out.* echar Algo por tierra = blow + Nombre + out of the water.* echar amarras = moor.* echar anclas = drop + anchor.* echar a perder = ruin, bungle, bring out + the worst in, cast + a blight on, blight, go off.* echar a pique = scuttle.* echar a suerte = draw + lots.* echar a un lado = push aside.* echar a volar = take + flight.* echar brotes = bud, sprout.* echar chispas = fume, froth at + the mouth.* echar chispas por los ojos = glower, scowl (at).* echar coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.* echar de menos = miss.* echar dentro de = throw into.* echar el ancla = drop + anchor.* echar el candado = padlock.* echar en cara = fault.* echar espuma por la boca = froth at + the mouth.* echar espumarajos por la boca = froth at + the mouth.* echar fuera = throw + Nombre + out.* echar gasolina = pump + gas.* echar hojas = leaf out.* echar humo = blow + smoke, fume, steam, smoulder [smolder, -USA], froth at + the mouth.* echar humo por las orejas = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.* echar la bola a rodar = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling.* echar la culpa = place + blame, fault.* echarle el ojo a = eye.* echarle la culpa a = put + the blame on.* echar leña al fuego = pour + oil on the flames.* echarle una mano a = bat for, go to + bat for.* echar los dientes = cut + Posesivo + teeth.* echar los postigos = shutter.* echarlo todo a perder = upset + the applecart.* echarlo todo a rodar = upset + the applecart.* echarlo todo por tierra = upset + the applecart.* echar mano a/de = leverage.* echar mano a los ahorros = dip into + savings.* echar mano de = fall back on, call into + play.* echar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back out, back up.* echar muchas horas al día = work + long hours.* echar muchísimo de menos = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.* echar muchísimo en falta = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.* echar mucho de menos = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.* echar mucho en falta = be sorely missed, be sadly missed.* echar poco a poco = dribble.* echar por alto = bungle.* echar por encima = top with.* echar por la borda = go by + the board, jettison.* echar por tierra = scupper, blight, cast + a blight on.* echar por tierra las ilusiones = shatter + Posesivo + hopes.* echar por tierra los planes de Alguien = spike + Posesivo + guns.* echar por tierra una idea = crush + idea.* echar + Posesivo + planes a perder = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.* echar raíces = settle down, root.* echar sal = salt.* echar sal en la herida = add + salt to injury, add + salt to the wound, add + insult to injury, rub + salt in the wound.* echarse = stretch out, lie down.* echarse a la calle = take to + the road, take to + the streets.* echarse a la calles = spill (out) into + the streets.* echarse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.* echarse atrás = draw back, draw back, chicken out (on/of), back out, get + cold feet, backpedal [back-pedal].* echarse encima de = bear down on.* echarse flores = blow + Posesivo + own trumpet.* écharsele a Uno el día encima = make + hay while the sun shines.* echarse una cabezada = get + forty winks, get + some shut-eye, snatch + some shut-eye, grab + some shut-eye, snatch + forty winks, grab + forty winks, take + forty winks.* echarse una cabezadita = get + forty winks, get + some shut-eye, snatch + some shut-eye, grab + some shut-eye, snatch + forty winks, grab + forty winks, take + forty winks.* echarse una cana al aire = have + a fling.* echarse una canita al aire = have + a fling.* echarse una siesta = take + a nap, nap, napping, kip.* echarse un duelo = duel.* echarse un pulso = arm wrestling.* echarse un sueñecito = get + forty winks, get + some shut-eye, snatch + some shut-eye, grab + some shut-eye, snatch + forty winks, grab + forty winks, take + forty winks.* echarse un trago = tipple.* echar suertes = draw + lots.* echar toda la carne en el asador = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, shoot (for) + the moon, go for + broke.* echar una bronca = tell + Nombe + off, give + Nombre + a dressing-down, give + Nombre + a telling-off, chew + Nombre + up.* echar una buena bronca = give + Nombre + a good roasting.* echar una cana al aire = kick up + Posesivo + heels.* echar una cana al aire antes de sentar la cabeza = sow + Posesivo + wild oats.* echar una cana al aire cuando joven = sow + Posesivo + wild oats.* echar una canica al aire = disport + Reflexivo.* echar una mano = lend + a (helping) hand, put + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, set + Posesivo + shoulder to the wheel, muck in, pitch in.* echar una mano a Alguien = give + Nombre + a hand.* echar una meada = take + a leak, have + a leak.* echar una mirada = take + a look at, take + a peek, peek, have + a look, cast + a glance over, look through, glance at, take + a gander.* echar una mirada furtiva a = steal + a glance at.* echar una mirada mortal = look + daggers at.* echar una ojeada = look through, glance at, peek, take + a peek, take + a look at, take + a gander.* echar una ojeada a = cast + a glance over.* echar un cana al aire = one-night stand.* echar un casquete = fuck, screw, get + laid.* echar un chorro de = squirt.* echar un conjuro = cast + a (magic) spell.* echar un ojo = keep + an eye on, have + a look.* echar un polvo = fuck, screw, get + laid.* echar un rapapolvo = tell + Nombe + off, give + Nombre + a dressing-down, give + Nombre + a telling-off, chew + Nombre + up.* echar un tupido velo sobre = draw + a veil over.* echar un vistazo = take + a look at, glance at, check out, peek, have + a look, take + a peek, cast + a glance over, look through, browse, peruse, take + a gander.* echar valor = pluck up + courage, muster (up) + (the) courage, gather up + courage.* echar vino = pour + wine.* la suerte estaba echada = the die was cast, the die had been cast.* la suerte está echada = the die is cast.* para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.* planta que echa flores = bloomer.* salir a echarse un cigarro = go out for + a smoke.* salir echando leches = bolt, take off, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.* ser demasiado tarde para echar atrás = reach + the point of no return.* * *echar [A1 ]■ echar (verbo transitivo)A1 lanzar, tirar2 soltar3 Juegos: cartasB expulsar: personaC echar: cartaD1 pasar, correr2 moverE despedir: humoF1 echar: hojas2 echar: dientesA1 poner2 servir, darB1 dirigir: sermón, discurso2 imponerC calcularD dar: programa, películaE pasar: tiempoSentido III con sustantivosA echar abajoB echar de ver■ echar (verbo intransitivo)A empezarB dirigirseC echar para adelante■ echarse (verbo pronominal)A1 tirarse, arrojarse2 tumbarse, acostarse3 apartarse, moverseB1 ponerse2 echarse novio/novia3 tragarseC expulsarD romperE tardarSentido II echarse a + infinitivovtA1 (lanzar, tirar) to throwechó la botella por la ventanilla she threw the bottle out of the windowlo eché a la basura I threw it out o awayechó la moneda al aire he tossed the coinechó una piedra al agua she threw a stone into the wateréchame la pelota throw me the ball, throw the ball to meecharon el ancla they cast their anchor o dropped anchorechó la red he cast his netechó la cabeza hacia atrás she threw her head backechó la mano a la pistola he grabbed o made a grab for his gunle echó los brazos al cuello she threw her arms around his neckechar a algn a perder to spoil sbechar algo a perder ‹sorpresa/preparativos› to spoil sth, ruin sthha luchado tanto y ahora lo echa todo a perder he's fought so hard and now he's throwing it all awayla helada echó a perder la cosecha the frost ruined the harvestechar de menos algo/a algn to miss sth/sb¿cuándo lo echaste de menos? when did you miss it o realize it was missing?te echo mucho de menos I really miss you, I miss you terribly2(soltar): les echaron los perros they set the dogs on themechó el semental a la yegua he put the mare to the stud3 ( Juegos) ‹carta› to play, put downecharle las cartas a algn to read sb's cardsB (expulsar) ‹persona› (de un trabajo) to fire ( colloq), to sack ( BrE colloq); (de un bar, teatro) to throw … out; (de un colegio) to expelme echaron (del trabajo) I was fired, I got the sack ( BrE)me echó de casa he threw o turned me out (of the house)entre dos camareros lo echaron a la calle two of the waiters threw him outD1 (pasar, correr) ‹cortinas› to pull, drawéchale la llave lock itla persiana estaba echada the blinds were down¿echaste el cerrojo? did you bolt the door?2(mover): échalo a un lado push it to one sidelo echó para atrás she pushed ( o moved etc) it backward(s)E(expeler, despedir): echaba espuma por la boca he was foaming at the mouthel motor echa mucho humo there's a lot of smoke coming from the engineel volcán echaba humo y lava the volcano was belching out smoke and lava1 ‹hojas› to sproutla planta ya está echando flores the plant is already flowering2 ‹dientes› to cutA1 (poner) to putle echaste mucha sal a la sopa you put too much salt in the soup¿cuánto azúcar le echas al café? how many sugars do you take in your coffee?echa esa camisa a la ropa sucia put that shirt in with the dirty laundry, put that shirt out for the washecha más leña al fuego put some more wood on the fire¿qué te echaron los Reyes? ( Esp); ≈ what did Santa bring you?échale valor y díselo ( fam); just pluck up your courage and tell him2 (servir, dar) to giveéchame un poquito de vino can you pour o give me a little wine?¿te echo más salsa? do you want some more sauce?tenía que echar de comer a los cerdos he had to feed the pigstengo que echarles de comer a los niños ( fam hum); I have to feed the children, I have to get the children's dinner ( o lunch etc)lo que me/le echen ( Esp fam): yo, de trabajo, lo que me echen I'll do whatever needs doing ( colloq)éste come lo que le echen he'll eat whatever's put in front of him ( colloq)B1 (dirigir) ‹sermón/discurso› (+ me/te/le etc):le echó una maldición she put a curse on himle echaron una multa he was fined, they gave him a fine, he got a fineme echaron dos años I got two years ( colloq)¿cuántos años me echas? how old do you think I am?le echo 20 años I'd say he was 20, I'd put him at 20 ( colloq)¿cuánto te costó? — ¿cuánto le echas? how much did it cost you? — how much do you think? o have a guessde aquí a tu casa échale una media hora it's o it takes about half an hour from here to your house¿qué echan en el Imperial? what are they showing at the Imperial?, what's on at the Imperial?¿qué echan en la tele esta noche? what's on TV tonight?echamos un rato agradable con ellos we spent o had a pleasant few hours with themechar un cigarrillo ( fam); to have a cigaretteechar una firma ( fam); to signechar el freno to put the brake onme echó una mirada furibunda she gave o threw me a furious lookecharon unas manos de póquer they played o had a few hands of pokerAechar abajo ‹edificio› to pull down;‹gobierno› to bring down; ‹proyecto› to destroy; ‹esperanzas› to dashnos echó abajo la moral it undermined our moraleecharon la puerta abajo they broke the door downBechar de ver to notice, realizese echa de ver que está muy triste it's obvious that o you can see that she's not very happy■ echarviA (empezar) echar A + INF to start o begin to + INF, start o begin -INGal ver que lo seguían echó a correr when he saw they were following him he started to run o started running o broke into a runechó a andar sin esperarnos he set off without waiting for usel motor echó a andar a la primera the engine started (the) first timelas palomas echaron a volar the doves flew offB(dirigirse): echó calle abajo she went off down the streetecha por aquí a ver si podemos aparcar go down here to see if we can find a place to parkecharon por la primera calle a la derecha they took the first street on the rightCechar para adelante or ( fam) p'alante: echa para adelante un poco, si no vas a bloquear la salida del garaje go forward a little, or else you'll block the garage exitecha p'alante y verás cómo te sale bien go for it! everything will turn out all right, you'll see ( colloq)echa p'alante, que ya llegamos keep going, we're nearly there■ echarseA1 (tirarse, arrojarse) to throw oneselfnos echamos al suelo we threw ourselves to the groundse echó en sus brazos she threw o flung herself into his armsse echó de cabeza al agua she dived into the wateréchate hacia atrás lean backla noche se nos echó encima night fell suddenly, it was night before we knew itecharse a perder «comida» to go bad, go off ( BrE);«proyecto/preparativos» to be ruinedse me echó a perder el televisor my television's brokenera muy bonita pero se ha echado a perder she used to be very pretty but she's lost her looksdesde que se ha juntado con ellos se ha echado a perder since he started hanging out with them he's gone off the rails ( colloq)2 (tumbarse, acostarse) to lie downse echó en la cama he lay down on the bedme voy a echar un rato I'm going to lie down for a while, I'm going to have a lie-down ( BrE)3 (apartarse, moverse) (+ compl):se echó a un lado she moved to one sideme tuve que echar a la cuneta I had to go off the edge of the roadéchate para allá y nos podremos sentar todos if you move over that way a bit we can all sit downecharse atrás to back outdijo que iba a venir, pero luego se echó atrás she said she was going to come, but then she changed her mind o pulled out o backed outcuando vieron que iba a ser difícil se echaron atrás when they saw that it was going to be difficult, they got cold feet o backed outechárselas ( Chi fam): el jefe no le quiso pagar más y se las echó the boss didn't want to pay him any more so he upped and left ( colloq)se las echó cerro arriba he went off up the hillse las echa de gran conocedor de vinos he claims to be o makes out he is a bit of a wine connoisseur, he likes to think of himself as o ( BrE) he fancies himself as a bit of a wine connoisseur ( colloq)B1 (ponerse) to put onéchate crema o te quemarás con este sol put some cream on or you'll burn in this sunse echó el abrigo por los hombros she threw the coat around her shoulders2 ( fam) ‹novio/novia›se ha echado novia he's found o got himself a girlfriendC (expulsar) ‹pedo›¿quién se ha echado un pedo? who's let off o farted? ( colloq)Sentido II (empezar) echarse A + INF to start -ING o start to + INFse echó a llorar he started crying o to cry, he burst into tearsse echaron a reír they started laughing o to laugh, they burst out laughingse echó a correr cuesta abajo he ran o he set off at a run down the hillsólo de pensarlo me echo a temblar just thinking about it gives me the shivers ( colloq)* * *
echar ( conjugate echar) verbo transitivo
1
◊ lo eché a la basura I threw it out o away;
echó la moneda al aire he tossed the coin;
echaron el ancla/la red they cast anchor/their net;
echó la cabeza hacia atrás she threw her head back;
echar algo a perder to ruin sth;
echar de menos algo/a algn to miss sth/sbb)
‹ gobierno› to bring down;
‹ proyecto› to destroy;
‹ esperanzas› to dash;
‹ moral› to undermine;
‹puerta/valla› to break … down
2 ( expulsar) ‹ persona› ( de trabajo) to fire (colloq), to sack (BrE colloq);
(de bar, casa) to throw … out;
( de colegio) to expel
3 ‹ carta› to mail (AmE), to post (BrE)
4
¿echaste el cerrojo? did you bolt the door?b) ( mover):◊ lo echó para atrás/a un lado she pushed (o moved etc) it backward(s)/to one side
5
1
‹ gasolina› to put in;◊ ¿le echas azúcar al café? do you take sugar in your coffee?
2
◊ echarle la culpa a algn to put o lay the blame on sb
3 (fam) ( calcular) (+ me/te/le etc):◊ ¿cuántos años me echas? how old do you think I am?;
de aquí a tu casa échale una hora it's o it takes about an hour from here to your house
4 (Esp fam) (dar, exhibir) ‹programa/película› to show
echarse verbo pronominal
1
echarse de cabeza al agua to dive into the water;
echarse a perder [ comida] to go bad, go off (BrE);
[cosecha/proyecto/plan] to be ruined
c) (apartarse, moverse) (+ compl):
échate un poco para allá move over that way a bit;
echarse atrás to back out
2
c) (Esp fam) ‹novio/novia›:◊ se ha echado novia he's found o got himself a girlfriend
3 (Méx fam) ( romper) to break
4 (Col fam) ( tardar) ‹horas/días› to take
5 ( empezar) echarse a to start o begin to, start o begin;◊ se echó a correr he started to run o started running;
las palomas se echaron a volar the doves flew off
echar
I verbo transitivo
1 (por el aire) to throw: ¡echa la pelota!, throw us the ball
2 (añadir) to put
(una bebida) to pour
(gasolina) to put petrol (in the car): échale más agua al caldo, put more water in the soup
3 (despedir: humo, olor) to give off: este motor echa chispas, there are sparks coming out of this engine
(del trabajo) to sack, fire
(obligar a salir) to throw out: le echaron del instituto, they expelled him from school
4 (calcular subjetivamente) to reckon: le echó más años, he thought she was older
5 fam (un espectáculo) to show
6 (derribar) echar abajo, (edificio) to demolish
7 (+ sustantivo) figurado échale una ojeada a esto, have a look at this
figurado echarle una mano a alguien, to give sb a hand
8 echar de menos o en falta, to miss ➣ Ver nota en miss
II vi (+ a + infinitivo) (empezar) to begin to: echó a andar, she started to walk
de repente echó a correr, she suddenly started to run
' echar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
añorar
- balón
- bautizar
- borda
- botar
- bronca
- buenaventura
- cabezada
- campana
- cana
- capote
- cara
- cierre
- correo
- extrañar
- falta
- guante
- jarra
- jarro
- leña
- mano
- mirada
- ojo
- olvidarse
- papilla
- película
- perder
- peste
- polvo
- pulso
- resto
- saco
- salar
- sapo
- siesta
- sortear
- suerte
- tierra
- tirar
- vista
- vistazo
- amarra
- ancla
- barriga
- basura
- brote
- buzón
- calle
- carta
- casa
English:
anchor
- arm wrestle
- belch
- blame
- boot
- boot out
- brake
- browse
- bud
- cast
- catapult
- chase away
- chuck out
- demolish
- dip into
- discharge
- door
- doze
- draw
- evict
- explode
- eye
- fill out
- fire
- forget
- froth
- fuel
- fume
- glance down
- glance round
- hair
- hex
- jettison
- kick out
- lace
- launch
- lay
- lend
- lie down
- lock up
- look
- lot
- mail
- miss
- muck up
- peep
- post
- puff
- pull apart
- put
* * *♦ vt1. [tirar] to throw;[red] to cast;echar anclas, echar el ancla to drop anchor;échame el balón throw me the ball;echar una moneda al aire to toss a coin;échalo en la cesta de la ropa sucia put it in the dirty-clothes basket;echar una piedra por la ventana to throw a stone through the window;echar abajo [edificio] to pull down, to demolish;[puerta] to break down; [gobierno] to bring down; [proyecto] to ruin2. [meter, poner] to put;echa suficiente ropa en la maleta make sure you pack enough clothes in your suitcase;échalo en el asiento de atrás put it on the back seat;echa esta camisa a la lavadora put that shirt in the washing machine;echa una firma en esta postal sign o put your name on this postcard;echar leña al fuego to add fuel to the fire;Famechar el resto: queda sólo una semana, ahora hay que echar el resto there's only a week to go, so from now on we really have to give it our all3. [carta, postal] to post, US to mail;¿(me) podrías echar esta carta? could you post o US mail this letter (for me)?;echó la carta al buzón y siguió caminando he put the letter in the postbox o US mailbox and walked on;echar algo al correo to put sth in the post, to post sth, US to mail sth4. [trago, sorbo] to take, to have;[cigarrillo] to have5. [vistazo] to take, to have;le he echado una mirada, pero no me parece interesante I've had a look at it, but I don't think it's very interestingechó la cabeza hacia atrás she threw her head back;echa los hombros para atrás y saca el pecho put your shoulders back and stick your chest out7. [añadir] [vino, agua] to pour (a o en into); [sal, azúcar] to add (a o en to);échame más agua, por favor could you pour me some more water, please?;no me eches tanta azúcar en el café don't put so much sugar in my coffee8. [dar] [comida, bebida] to give;echa alpiste al canario give the canary some birdseed;hay que echar agua a las plantas we need to water the plants;Famlo que me/te/le etc[m5]. echen: [m5] Alberto come lo que le echen Alberto will eat whatever you put in front of him;es un hombre muy paciente, aguanta lo que le eches he's a very patient man, he puts up with anything you can throw at him9. [decir] [discurso, sermón] to give;[reprimenda] to dish out; [piropo, cumplido] to pay;echar una maldición a alguien to put a curse on sb;Famle echaron una bronca por llegar tarde they told her off for arriving late;me echó en cara que no le hubiera ayudado she reproached me for not helping her10. [humo, vapor, chispas] to give off, to emit;la fábrica echa mucho humo a la atmósfera the factory pours out a lot of smoke into the atmosphere;Famestá que echa humo he's fuming;Famechar pestes o Méx [m5]madres: volvió de vacaciones echando pestes o Méx [m5] madres del lugar she came back from her Br holiday o US vacation cursing the place where she had stayed11. [hojas, flores] to sprout, to shoot;[raíces, pelo, barba] to begin to grow; [diente] to cut;los almendros están echando flores the almond trees are beginning to flower;está empezando a echar los dientes she's beginning to cut her teeth;Famen los últimos meses ha echado mucha barriga he's developed quite a paunch over the past few monthsle han echado del partido he's been expelled from the party;le echaron de clase por hablar con un compañero he was thrown o sent out of the class for talking to a friend¡que lo echen! fire him!, sack him!, kick him out!14. [accionar]echar la llave/el cerrojo to lock/bolt the door;echar el freno to brake, to put the brakes on;Fam Fig¡echa el freno! ¿estás seguro de que podemos pagarlo? hold your horses, are you sure we can afford it?15. [acostar] to lie (down);¿has echado al bebé? have you put the baby to bed?16. [tiempo]le he echado dos semanas a este proyecto I've taken two weeks over this project, I've spent two weeks on this project;echaron dos horas en llegar a Bogotá it took them two hours to get to Bogotá17. [calcular]¿cuántos años le echas? how old do you reckon he is?;siempre me echan años de menos people always think I'm younger than I really am;échale que de aquí a Málaga haya 600 kilómetros let's say it's about 600 kilometres from here to Malaga18. [naipe, partida] to play;te echo una carrera I'll race you;¿echamos un dominó? shall we have a game of dominoes?19. [buenaventura] to tell;echar las cartas a alguien to read sb's fortune [from the cards]le echan mucha ilusión a todo lo que hacen they put a lot of enthusiasm into everything they do;échale más brío al pedaleo put a bit more energy into the pedalling;los ladrones le echaron mucho ingenio the thieves showed a lot of ingenuity22. Fam [documento]tengo que ir a echar una instancia al Ministerio I've got to go and hand in a form at the ministry¿qué echan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV o Br telly tonight?;¿qué echan en el Rialto? what's on o showing at the Rialto?;echan una película de acción they're showing an action movie24. Am [animales] to urge on[ocasión] to waste sth;no puedes echar todo a perder, después de tanto esfuerzo you can't just throw it all away after all that effort;echar algo a cara o cruz to toss (a coin) for sth;echar algo a suertes to draw lots for sth;echar de menos to miss;le echa mucho de menos he misses her a lot;echo de menos mi casa I miss my house;Chileecharlas to run away;echar algo por tierra to put paid to sth, to ruin sth;eso echa por tierra todas nuestras esperanzas that dashes all our hopes♦ viechar por la derecha to go (to the) rightechar a correr to break into a run;echar a llorar to burst into tears;echar a reír to burst out laughing;echar a volar to fly off* * *I v/tlo han echado del trabajo he’s been fired;echar abajo pull down, destroy2 humo give off3 ( poner) putpost5:echar la culpa a alguien blame s.o., put the blame on s.o.;me echó 40 años he thought I was 40II v/i:echar a start to, begin to;echar a correr start o begin to run, start running* * *echar vt1) lanzar: to throw, to cast, to hurl2) expulsar: to throw out, to expel3) emitir: to emit, give off4) brotar: to sprout, to put forth5) despedir: to fire, to dismiss6) : to put in, to add7)echar a perder : to spoil, to ruin8)echar de menos : to missechan de menos a su madre: they miss their motherechar vi1) : to start off2)echar a : to begin to* * *echar vb¿has echado sal al arroz? have you put any salt in the rice?me has echado demasiado, no creo que pueda comérmelo you've given me too much I don't think I can eat it all5. (verter) to pour6. (emitir) to give out7. (jugar) to play / to have¿echamos una partida de ajedrez? shall we have a game of chess?8. (proyectar) to be on¿qué echan hoy en televisión? what's on television tonight?¿cuántos años me echas? how old do you think I am? -
49 Á
* * *a negative suffix to verbs, not;era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.* * *1.á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.WITH DAT.A. Loc.I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.WITH ACC.A. Loc.I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.B. TEMP.I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.C. Metaph. and in various relations:I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.VI. connected with nouns,1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.2.f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr. -
50 إلى
إلى \ to: showing possession or position: It belongs to them. It was stuck to the wall, in expressions of place and time; showing where sb. or sth. goes; showing an aim or limit; showing a point that is reached: We walked to school. He jumped on to the table. I was away from June to October. against: touching (usually sth. upright): He pressed his nose against the glass. for: towards: We set off for home. into: showing a change of condition: The castle was turned into a hotel. till, until: up to (a certain time): We waited from 6.30 till midnight. \ إلى \ there: in or to that place: Let’s go there; we line there. \ See Also في ذلك المكان \ إلى \ somewhere: in or to some place (but usu. anywhere in negative sentences and questions): I’ve met him somewhere before. Let’s go somewhere peaceful (to some peaceful place). \ See Also أو في مَكانٍ ما \ إلى الأبَد \ forever: (also two words: (for ever) for always; endlessly: I can’t wait forever. \ إلى أَبْعَد حَدّ \ exceedingly: very: He’s exceedingly clever. extremely: very: You’re extremely kind. \ إلى أَبْعَد الحُدود \ ever so: very: It’s ever so easy. \ إلى أَبْعَد مِن \ farther: at or to a greater distance: I was too tired to go farther. \ إلى اتّجاه آخر \ round: so as to face in a different or opposite direction: The wind went round from east to north. He turned the car round and went back. \ إلى الاتّجاه المُضادّ \ round: so as to face in a different or opposite direction: The wind went round from east to north. He turned the car round and went back. \ إلى الآخِر \ right: all the way: Go right to the end of the road. Go right back to the beginning. \ إلى أَسْفَل \ down: from a higher level to a lower one: The aeroplane came down slowly, from a higher level to a lower one: I climbed down the tree. The rope hung down the wall. downward, downwards: in a downward direction: He lay, face downwards, on the grass. over: to from an upright (or straight) position to a flat (or bent) position: I fell over. He knocked me over. \ إلى أَعْلَى \ up: towards the top of: We climbed up the hill, in or to higher position: She lives up in the hills. She looked up at the stars. He got up from his chair. Prices often go up. uphill: up a slope: The road winds uphill for a mile. upward: in an upward direction: The aeroplane flew upwards. \ إلى أَعْلَى وإلى أسفل \ up and down: off the ground and back to it; higher and lower: He was jumping up and down. He waved his stick up and down. \ إلى أَقْصَى ما أعرِفه عنه \ to the best of sb.’s knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, he is honest (I have no reason to doubt his honesty). \ إلى الأَمام \ along: on; forward: She hurried along. forth: old use forwards; onwards. forward: also forwards towards the front: He stepped forward(s) to greet me. \ إلى أَن \ (prep. fml.) pending: until: I put his letter in a drawer, pending his arrival. till: up to the time when: I waited till he was ready. until: up to the time that: She stayed until I returned. \ إلى الآن \ hitherto: up to now: Hitherto, he had never been absent from work. \ إلى أو بارتفاع الرُّكبة \ knee-deep: up to the knees: The river was only knee-deep. \ إلى أو في الاتِّجاه المُعَاكِس \ about: facing the opposite way: The ship turned about and came back to harbour. \ إلى أو في داخِل \ into: (showing direction) in: He fell into a hole. She came into the house. \ إلى أو نحو الأرض \ down: on to the ground: I fell down. He knocked me down. \ إلى أو نَحْوَ الدّاخِل \ inwards: towards the inside: The door opened inwards. \ إلى أيّ حَدّ \ any: (with comparative words) at all; in any way: Do you feel any better?He’s too old to go any faster. \ إلى أَيْنَ؟ \ where: in or to what place: Where do you live? Where are you going?. \ إلى الجانِب الآخر \ over: across, from one side to the other: The gate was locked, so he climbed over. \ إلى الجهة الأخرى \ the other way round: in the opposite direction; happening in another order or relationship: Turn the chair the other way round so that you can see out of the window. George didn’t hit John - it was the other way round (John hit George). \ إلى الجهة أو الناحية الأخرى \ over: so that a different side is upwards: Turn the page over. Roll the body over. \ إلى حَدّ أنّهُ \ so: showing an effect: It was so cold that the water froze. He’s not so ill as to need a doctor. \ إلى حَدٍّ بعيد \ by far: by a long way or very much: He is by far the better player of the two. He plays better by far. largely: mostly: The accident was largely his own fault. quite: (often followed by but) not very, but reasonably; fairly: She’s quite tall, but not as tall as you. He’s quite a nice boy, but he’s lazy. stiff: (with the verbs bore, scare, worry) to a state of tiredness; nearly to death: Long speeches bore me stiff. \ إلى حَدٍّ كبير \ enormously: very greatly: I enjoyed myself enormously. madly: in a mad way; very much: He’s madly keen on football. much: greatly: I don’t much like it. such: of a kind that produces a certain result: It was such a heavy box that I could not lift it. Its weight was such that I could not lift it. \ إلى حَدٍّ ما \ fairly: (with an adj. or adv.) slightly; not completely: a fairly easy job; fairly well done. moderately: reasonably; quite, but not very: I’m moderately sure about it. It was a moderately warm day. more or less: about, but not exactly: She’s more or less ready, but she can’t find her handbag. partially: not wholly; not completely: He’s partially blind. partly: not completely; in regard to a part: It was partly my fault, and partly his. rather: not very, but fairly: I was rather sorry to miss that meeting. We arrived rather (slightly) earlier than we expected. reasonably: fairly; enough, but not completely: I’m reasonably certain of success. slightly: a little: He’s slightly taller than I am. somewhat: rather: He’s somewhat older than you are. to a certain degree: not completely: To a certain degree, it was my fault. pretty: fairly; comparatively: a pretty cheap car (cheaper than most cars). \ See Also جزئيا (جزئيًّا)، باعتدال، تقريبا (تقريبًا) \ إلى حَيْثُ \ where: in or to the place in which: I’m going where I always go. Leave him where he is. \ See Also حيث (حَيْثُ) \ إلى الخَارج \ abroad: in or to another country: I spent my holiday abroad. out: from inside: The door opened and a man came out. \ See Also في الخَارِج \ إلى الخَلْف \ back: away from the front: Stand back from the fire. backward(s): towards the back: He fell over backwards. \ إلى داخِل \ in: showing entrance or direction: He looked in through the window. He came in. He threw a stone in. inside: on (or to) the inside of: Please wait inside the room. \ See Also في داخِل \ إلى درجة أَقَلّ \ down: less; to a weaker or lower state: First heat the metal up, then cool it down. We must cut down our costs. \ إلى الطَّابق الأَسْفَل \ down: downstairs: He’s out of bed and he’ll be down in a minute. downstairs: down the stairs: He hurried downstairs. \ إلى غير رَجْعَة \ for good: for ever: I’ve stopped smoking for good. \ إلى فَوْق \ up: towards the top of: We climbed up the hill. \ See Also فوق (فَوْق) \ إلى قِطع صغيرة \ to bits: (after verbs like come, go, fall, blow, cut, tear) into little pieces: My glasses fell to bits on the floor. \ إلى ما قبلَ (وقت محدد) \ hitherto: up to now; up to the past time already spoken of: Hitherto, he had never been absent from work. \ إلى النِّهاية \ out: completely: I was tired out. right: all the way: Go right to the end of the road. up: (with verbs) completely; to the end: Finish up your food. \ إلى هذا الحَدّ \ so far: until now: We’ve won six games so far. this: so: I didn’t expect him to be this late (so late as he is) The fish was only this big (the size that I’m showing you). \ See Also حتّى الآن \ إلى هُنا \ here: at, in or to this place: I live here. Come here! He lives near here. Is the hospital far from here?. \ See Also هنا (هُنا) \ إلى هُناك \ there: to that place: Let’s go there. \ See Also هناك (هُناك) \ إلى اليَمين \ clockwise: in the direction taken by the hands of a clock: To open this lock, turn the key clockwise (or in a clockwise direction). -
51 ricadere
fallcadere di nuovo fall backfig relapse* * *ricadere v. intr.1 ( cadere di nuovo) to fall* (down) again; ( cadere giù) to fall* back (anche fig.): fece uno sforzo per sollevarsi, ma ricadde sul cuscino, she made an effort to raise herself, but fell back on to the pillow; il territorio è ricaduto in potere del nemico, the territory has fallen into the enemy's hands again; ricadere nella povertà, to become poor again; ricadere ammalato, to fall ill again; ricadere in errore, to relapse into error; ricadere in uno stato di depressione, to fall back into a state of depression2 ( scendere) to fall* down, to hang* (down): i capelli le ricadevano sulla fronte, her hair fell down (o hung) over her forehead3 ( tornare a terra) to fall*, to drop: la palla ricadde dall'altro lato della rete, the ball fell on the other side of the net4 (fig.) ( gravare) to fall*, to rest: la responsabilità della famiglia ricade su di me, the responsibility for the family falls on me; tutte le colpe ricadono su di lui, all the blame falls on him5 (dir.) to pass (to s.o., sthg.); to go* (to s.o., sthg.); le terre che possedeva ricaddero sui cugini di parte materna, the land he owned passed (o went) to his cousins on his mother's side.* * *[rika'dere]1) (cadere di nuovo) to fall* againricadere nel peccato, nell'errore — fig. to fall back into evil ways
2) (cadere a terra) to fall*ricadere sulle zampe — [ gatto] to land on one's feet
3) (pendere) to hang*, to fall*4) (gravare)ricadere su qcn. — [responsabilità, fastidi] to fall on sb
5) med. (riammalarsi) to relapse* * *ricadere/rika'dere/ [26](aus. essere)1 (cadere di nuovo) to fall* again; ricadere nel peccato, nell'errore fig. to fall back into evil ways3 (pendere) to hang*, to fall*; i capelli gli ricadevano sulle spalle his hair fell over his shoulders4 (gravare) ricadere su qcn. [responsabilità, fastidi] to fall on sb.5 med. (riammalarsi) to relapse. -
52 garra
f.1 claw.caer en las garras de alguien to fall into somebody's clutches2 ugly woman, hag, dog.3 strake, grouser.4 fastening claw, claw.pres.indicat.3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: garrar.pres.subj.3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: garrir.imperat.2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: garrar.* * *1 (de mamífero) paw, claw; (de ave) talon■ ¡quita tus sucias garras de aquí! get your dirty hands off that!1 (poder) clutches\caer en las garras de alguien figurado to fall into somebody's clutchesechar la garra a alguien figurado to lay one's hands on somebody* * *noun f.1) claw2) paw* * *SF1) (=pata) [de animal] claw; [de águila] talon; [de persona] * hand, paw *2) pl garras (=dominio) clutches3) (Téc) claw, hook; (Mec) clutch4) (=fuerza) bite; (Dep) sharpness, edge5) Méx * muscular strength6) Chile * strip of old leather8) And (=bolsa) leather bag* * *1)b) (pey) ( de persona) paw (colloq & pej)echarle la garra a algo — to grab o seize something
2) (arrojo, valor) fighting spirit; ( personalidad) personality3) garras femenino plural (poder, dominio) clutches (pl)caer/estar en las garras de alguien — to fall into/be in somebody's clutches
4) (Chi, Méx fam) ( ropa - vieja) rags (pl) (colloq); (- de mal gusto, fea) tasteless clothes (pl) (colloq)hacer garras algo/a alguien — (Méx fam) to tear something/somebody to shreds (colloq)
* * *= claw, grip, paw, talon.Ex. The dragon had very long claws and a great many teeth so she felt that it ought to be treated with respect.Ex. It is therefore often hard to escape the grip of the official phraseology for fear that, in doing so, the meaning of the material will be altered or lost.Ex. The chair's feet are sculpted in the likeness of a lion's paws.Ex. Although rare, imperial eagles have been known to attack humans who come too close to their nests striking at them with their talons.----* bajo las garras de = under the grip of.* con las garras fuera = knives-out.* garras = clutches.* rescatar Algo/Alguien de las garras de = rescue + Nombre + from the jaws of.* * *1)b) (pey) ( de persona) paw (colloq & pej)echarle la garra a algo — to grab o seize something
2) (arrojo, valor) fighting spirit; ( personalidad) personality3) garras femenino plural (poder, dominio) clutches (pl)caer/estar en las garras de alguien — to fall into/be in somebody's clutches
4) (Chi, Méx fam) ( ropa - vieja) rags (pl) (colloq); (- de mal gusto, fea) tasteless clothes (pl) (colloq)hacer garras algo/a alguien — (Méx fam) to tear something/somebody to shreds (colloq)
* * *= claw, grip, paw, talon.Ex: The dragon had very long claws and a great many teeth so she felt that it ought to be treated with respect.
Ex: It is therefore often hard to escape the grip of the official phraseology for fear that, in doing so, the meaning of the material will be altered or lost.Ex: The chair's feet are sculpted in the likeness of a lion's paws.Ex: Although rare, imperial eagles have been known to attack humans who come too close to their nests striking at them with their talons.* bajo las garras de = under the grip of.* con las garras fuera = knives-out.* garras = clutches.* rescatar Algo/Alguien de las garras de = rescue + Nombre + from the jaws of.* * *A1 (de un animal) claw; (de un águila) talonecharle la garra a algo to grab o seize sthB1 (arrojo, valor) fighting spirit2 (personalidad) personalitycaer/estar en las garras de algn to fall into/be in sb's clutchesD ( Méx fam) (ropa — vieja) rags (pl) ( colloq); (— de mal gusto, fea) tasteless clothes (pl) ( colloq)hacer garras algo to rip o tear sth to shreds* * *
garra sustantivo femenino
1 ( de animal) claw;
( de águila) talon
2 (arrojo, valor) fighting spirit;
( personalidad) personality
3
garra sustantivo femenino
1 Zool claw
(de buitre, águila) talon
2 fig (fuerza) force
tener garra, to be compelling
3 garras, (poder) cayó en sus garras, she fell into his clutches
' garra' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
fuerza
- uña
English:
claw
- talon
- punch
- zip
* * *garra nf1. [de mamífero] claw;[de ave] talon, claw2. [de persona] paw, hand;¡quítame las garras de encima! get your paws o dirty hands off me!;caer en las garras de alguien to fall into sb's clutches;quedó atrapado en las garras de la droga he was trapped in the clutches of drug addiction;Famechar la garra a alguien to get o lay hold of sb[novela] to be gripping; [canción] to be catchy4. [coraje] gutsiness, fighting spirit;un ciclista con mucha garra a very gutsy cyclistRP la garra charrúa Uruguayan fighting spirit [inherited from the Charrúa, a nomadic indigenous people]* * *fcaer en las garras de alguien fig fall into s.o.’s clutches2:tener garra fam be compelling* * *garra nf1) : claw2) : hand, paw3) garras nfpl: claws, clutchescaer en las garras de alguien: to fall into someone's clutches* * *garra n1. (de animal) claw2. (de ave) talon -
53 braccio
"arm;Arm;bras;brazo;braço"* * *m (pl le braccia e i bracci) armbraccio di mare sounda braccia aperte with open armsportare in braccio qualcuno carry someonefig essere il braccio destro di qualcuno be someone's right-hand manincrociare le braccia fold one's armsfig go on strike* * *1 arm: si è rotto il braccio sinistro, he's broken his left arm; a braccia aperte, with open arms; accogliere qlcu. a braccia aperte, (fig.) to welcome s.o. with open arms; con le braccia conserte, incrociate, with folded arms (o with one's arms folded); con le braccia tese, with outstretched arms (o with one's arms outstretched); spostare qlco. a braccia, to move sthg. by hand; in braccio, in one's arms; portava in braccio un bel bambino, she was carrying (o holding) a lovely child in her arms; lo prese in braccio perché piangeva, she picked him up into her arms because he was crying; cadere tra le braccia di qlcu., to fall into s.o.'s arms; svenne e mi cadde tra le braccia, he fainted and fell into my arms; prendere qlcu. per il braccio, to grab (o to seize) s.o. by the arm; mi prese per un braccio e mi fece sedere, he grabbed (o seized) me by the arm and made me sit down; sotto braccio, arm in arm; camminavano tenendosi sotto braccio, they were walking arm in arm; sotto il braccio, under one's arm; teneva la borsetta stretta sotto il braccio, she was holding her bag tight under her arm; sul braccio, on one's arm; teneva l'ombrello sul braccio, he was carrying an umbrella on his arm; offrire il braccio a una signora, to offer a lady one's arm; le offrì il braccio per portarla in sala da pranzo, he took her in to dinner; avere un braccio al collo, to have one's (o an) arm in a sling; gettare le braccia al collo di qlcu., to fling one's arms round s.o.'s neck; avere le braccia legate, (anche fig.) to have one's hands tied; ho le braccia legate e non posso proprio aiutarti, my hands are tied and I just can't help you; incrociare le braccia, to fold one's arms; (fig.) to go on strike; tendere le braccia, to stretch out one's arms; (fig.) to ask for help // braccio di ferro, arm wrestling // a braccio, approximately; fare un discorso a braccio, to give an impromptu speech // il braccio della giustizia, della legge, the arm of the law // il braccio secolare, the secular arm // il braccio e la mente, brains and brawn // avere le braccia lunghe, (fig.) to be very influential // essere il braccio destro di qlcu., to be s.o.'s right-hand man // quando mi ha detto di rifarlo mi sono sentito cadere le braccia, when he told me to do it all again I could have wept // dagli un dito e si prenderà un braccio, give him an inch and he'll take a mile // essere in braccio a Morfeo, to be fast asleep2 pl. ( manodopera) hands, labourers: abbiamo bisogno di altre braccia alla fattoria, we need more labourers (o hands) on the farm3 ( di edificio) wing: il braccio di un carcere, the wing of a prison // il braccio della morte, the death row4 ( di croce) limb8 (mecc.) arm; ( di bilancia) beam, bar; ( di grammofono) (pick-up) arm; braccio di leva, lever arm; braccio di manovella, crank arm (o web); braccio mobile ( di gru), (adjustable) jib; braccio di sestante, index bar; braccio portante, supporting arm9 (inform.) arm: braccio di scrittura, writing arm; braccio di lettura, reading arm; braccio di accesso dati, access arm.* * *1.1) (pl.f. - cia) armprendere qcn. in braccio — to take sb. in one's arms, to pick sb. up
stare seduto in braccio a qcn. — to sit in o on sb.'s lap
dare il braccio a qcn. — to give sb. one's arm
trasportare qcs. a -cia — to carry sth. in one's arms
gettare le -cia al collo di qcn. — to throw o fling one's arms around sb.'s neck
strin gere qcn. tra le -cia — to hold sb. in one's arms
gettarsi nelle -cia di qcn. — to throw oneself into sb.'s arms
accogliere qcn. a -cia aperte — to welcome sb. with open o outstretched arms
incrociare le -cia — to cross o fold one's arms; fig. to down tools BE
2) (pl. -ci) (di fiume, mare) branch, inlet; (di terra) land bridge3) (pl. -ci) (di poltrona) arm; (di giradischi) (tone) arm; (di candelabro) branch; (di bilancia) beam; (di gru) arm, jib4) (pl. -ci) arch. wing5) (pl.f. - cia) metrol. fathom*2.braccio di ferro — arm o Indian AE wrestling; fig. tug-of-war
fare braccio di ferro con qcn. — to armwrestle with sb.
••essere il braccio destro di qcn. — to be sb.'s right hand man
* * *bracciopl. -ci /'bratt∫o, t∫i/ ⇒ 4I sostantivo m.(in some senses it has a feminine plural - cia /t∫a/)1 (pl.f. - cia) arm; avere un braccio al collo to have one's arm in a sling; prendere qcn. in braccio to take sb. in one's arms, to pick sb. up; stare seduto in braccio a qcn. to sit in o on sb.'s lap; dare il braccio a qcn. to give sb. one's arm; trasportare qcs. a -cia to carry sth. in one's arms; gettare le -cia al collo di qcn. to throw o fling one's arms around sb.'s neck; strin gere qcn. tra le -cia to hold sb. in one's arms; gettarsi nelle -cia di qcn. to throw oneself into sb.'s arms; accogliere qcn. a -cia aperte to welcome sb. with open o outstretched arms; (con) le -cia conserte arms folded; incrociare le -cia to cross o fold one's arms; fig. to down tools BE3 (pl. -ci) (di poltrona) arm; (di giradischi) (tone) arm; (di candelabro) branch; (di bilancia) beam; (di gru) arm, jib4 (pl. -ci) arch. wing5 (pl.f. - cia) metrol. fathom*II braccia f.pl.il braccio e la mente the brawn and the brain; essere il braccio destro di qcn. to be sb.'s right hand man; fare cadere le -cia to be very off-putting; parlare a braccio to speak off the cuff\braccio di ferro arm o Indian AE wrestling; fig. tug-of-war; fare braccio di ferro con qcn. to armwrestle with sb.; il braccio della legge the long arm of the law; braccio della morte death row. -
54 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
55 TAKA
* * *I)(tek; tók, tókum; tekinn), v.1) to take, catch, seize (tóku þeir laxinn ok otrinn ok báru með sér);G. tók inni vinstri hendi spjótit á lopti, G. caught the spear with his left hand;man hón taka fé okkart allt með ráni, she will take all our goods by force;taka e-n höndum, to seize one, take captive;tökum vápn vár, let us take to our weapons;2) fig., taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian;taka skírn, to be baptized;taka hvíld, to take a rest;taka flótta, to take to flight;taka rœðu, umrœðu, to begin a parley;taka ráð, to take a counsel (= taka til ráðs);taka e-n orðum, to address one;taka sættir or sættum, to accept terms;taka þenna kost, to take this choice;taka stefnu, to fix a meeting;taka boði, to accept an offer;taka sótt, to be taken ill;taka úgleði, to get out of spirits;taka andviðri, to meet with contrary winds;taka konung, to take, elect a king;taka konu, to take a wife;taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways;taka e-n or e-m vel, to receive one well;taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly;taka upp höndum, to raise the hands;3) to reach, stretch forth, touch;fremri hyrnan tók viðbeinit, the upper horn caught the collar bone;því at ek tek eigi heim í kveld, for I shall not reach home to-night;hárit tók ofan á belti, the hair came down to her waist;4) to reach and take harbour (þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu);5) to take, hold, of a vessel (ketill, er tók tvær tunnur);6) to be equivalent to, be worth (hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend);7) with infin., to begin (hann tók at yrkja, þegar er hann var ungr);nú taka öll húsin at lóga, now the whole house began to blaze;impers., þá tók at lægja veðrit, then the wind began to fall;8) to touch, regard, concern (þat allt, sem leikmenn tekr);9) to catch (up), come up with (hann var allra manna fóthvatastr, svá at engi hestr tók hann á rás);10) to start, rush (Eirikr tók út or stofunni, en konungr bað menn hlaupa eptir honum);taka á rás, taka frá, to take to running, run away (svá illt sem nú er frá at taka, þá mun þó síðarr verra);11) impers. it is taken;þá tók af veðrit (acc.) then the storm abated;kom á fótinn, svá at af tók, the stroke came on his leg, so that it was cut off;sýnina tekr frá e-m, one becomes blind;tók út skip Þangbrands, Th.’s ship drifted out;um várit er sumarhita tók, when the summer heat set in;12) with preps, and advs., taka e-n af lífi, lífdögum, taka e-n af, to take one’s life, put to death;taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive one of his title and power;taka af hesti, to take (the saddle) off a horse;taka e-t af e-m, to take a thing from one, deprive one of (er vér tókum seglit af honum, þá grét hann);taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping;taka e-t af e-m, to get frotn one (tekr hann af öllu fólki mikil lof);taka mikinn (mikil), lítinn (lítil) af e-u, to make (say) much, little of;hón tók lítil af öllu, she said little about it, took it coldly;øngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee;taka e-t af, to choose, take;G. bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir engi af taka, G. made thee good offers, but thou wouldst take none of them;fara sem fœtr mega af taka, at the top of one’s speed;hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, as fast as possible;to abolish, do away with (lagði á þat allan hug al taka af heiðni ok fornar venjur);taka e-t aptr, to take back, render void (taka aptr þat, er ek gef); to recall (taka aptr orð, heil sín);taka á e-u, to touch (hón tók á augum hans);taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, illa á e-u, to take (a thing) well, in good part, ill, in ill part (fluttu þeir þetta fyrir jarli, en hann tók vel á);taka e-t á sik, to take upon oneself (kvaðst heldr vilja taka þat á sik at gefa honum annát augat);tóku þeir á sik svefn mikinn, they fell fast asleep;taka arf eptir e-n, to inherit one;taka e-t eptir, to get in return;með því at þú gerir svá, sem ek býð þér, skaltu nökkut eptir taka, thou shalt have some reward;taka e-t frá e-m, to take a thing away from one (þeir tóku spjótin frá þeim ok báru út á ána);taka e-n frá e-u, to deprive one of (taka e-n frá landi, ríki);taka e-t fyrir e-t, to take in return for (hann keypti sveinana ok tók fyrir þá vesl gott ok slagning); to take for, look upon as (lökum vér þat allt fyrir satt; því tek ek þat fyrir gaman);taka fyrir e-t, to refuse (tók E. eigi fyrir útanferð at sumri);taka hendi í e-t, to thrust one’s hand into;taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands with one;taka í móti, to offer resistance (þeir brendu víða bygðina, en bœndr tóku ekki í móti);taka niðr, to pull down, demolish (taka niðr til grundvallar allt þat verk); to graze a little, = taka til jarðar (þeir láta nú taka niðr hesta sína);taka niðri, to touch (feel) the bottom;taka ofan, to take down (Högni tekr ofan atgeirinn); to pull down (hann hafði látil taka ofan skála sinn);taka í sundr, to cut asunder;impers., slœmdi sverðinu til hans, svá at í sundr tók manninn, so that the man was cleft asunder;taka til e-s, to take to (tóku þá margir til at níða hann);taka til máls (orðs, orða), to begin to speak;nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now we must take up the story at this point, that;taka til varnar, to begin the defence;taka til e-s, to have recourse to, resort to (taka e-t til ráðs, bragðs); to concern (þetta mál, er til konungs tók);láta e-t til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with (Gísli lét fátt til sín taka);taka e-n til e-s, to choose, elect (Ólafr var til konungs tekinn um allt land);absol., taka til, to begin (hann hélt allt austr um Svínasund, þá tók til vald Svíakonungs);taka e-t til, to take to, do;ef hann tekr nökkut illt til, if he takes to any ill;taka um e-t, to take hold of, grasp (nú skaltu taka um fót honum);taka e-t undan, to take away;impers., undan kúnni tók nyt alla, the cow ceased to give milk;taka undan, to run away, escape (B. tók undan með rás);taka undir e-t, to take hold under a thing;hann tók undir kverkina ok kyssti hana, he took her by the chin and kissed her;to undertake, take upon oneself;H. kvaðst ekki taka mundu undir vandræði þeira, H. said he would have nothing to do with their troubles;taka undir e-t með e-m, to back, help one in a thing (vil ek, at þér takit undir þetta mál með mér);þau tóku undir þetta léttiliga, they seconded it readily;hann tók seinliga undir, he was slow to answer;taka undir, to echo, resound (fjöllin tóku undir);taka e-t undir sik, to take on hand (Gizurr tók undir sik málit); to lay hold of (hann tekr undir sik eignir þær, er K. átti í Noregi);taka e-t upp, to pick up (S. tók upp hanzka sinn);taka upp fé fyrir e-m, to seize on, confiscate;taka upp borð, to set up the tables before a meal, but also to remove them after a meal;taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode;hón tekr mart þat upp, er fjarri er mínum vilja, she takes much in hand that is far from my will;drykk ok vistir, svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take;taka upp ný goðorð, to establish new priesthoods;taka upp verknað, to take up work;taka upp stœrð, to take to pride;taka upp sök, to take up a case;taka upp draum, to interpret a dream;taka e-t upp, to choose (seg nú skjótt, hvern kost þú vill upp taka);absol., taka upp, to extend, rise (rekkjustokkr tekr upp á millum rúma okkarra);taka út, to run out (E. tók út ór stofunni);taka við e-u, to receive (A. hafði tekit við föðurarf sínum);taka vel við e-m, to receive one well, give one a hearty welcome;taka við trú, to take the faith;þeir tóku vel við, they made a bold resistance;tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off;taka yfir e-t, to extend over (hann skal eignast af Englandi þat, sem uxahúð tekr yfir);impers. to come to an end, succeed (kveðst nú vænta, at nú mundi yfir taka);þeir munu allt til vinna at yfir taki við oss, to get the better of us;13) refl., takast;f.1) taking, capture, of a fortress, prisoner;2) taking, seizing, of property;* * *pres. tek, tekr; tökum, takit, taka; pret. tók, tókt (tókst), tók, pl. tóku; subj. tæki (tœki); imperat. tak, taktú; part. tekinn: with neg. suff. tek’k-at ek, I take not, Kristni S. (in a verse); tak-a-ttu, take thou not, Fas. i. (in a verse); tekr-at, Grág. (Kb.) i. 9: [Ulf. têkan, pret. taitok = απτεσθαι; Swed. take; Dan. tage, sounded tā, ‘du tar det ikke, vil du ta det;’ Engl. take is a word borrowed from the Dan., which gradually displaced the Old Engl. niman.]A. To take hold of, seize, grasp; taka sér alvæpni, Eg. 236; tóku menn sér þar byrðar ok báru út, Egill tók undir hönd sér mjöð-drekku, 237; nú taki hest minn, ok skal ek ríða eptir honum, 699; tóku þeir skíð sín ok stigu á, 545; hann tók inni vinstri hendi spjótið ok skaut, Nj. 42; lauk upp kistu ok tók upp góð kvennmanna-klæði, Ld. 30; hann tekr nú bogann, … tekr nú kaðal einn, Fas. ii. 543; taka upp net, K. Þ. K. 90; hross skal maðr taka ok teyma ok hepta, þótt heilagt sé, id.2. to seize; þeir tóku þar herfang mikit, Nj. 43; tóku skipit ok allt þat er á var, Fms. vii. 249; þeir tóku þar skútu, viii. 438; tóku skip hans, landtjald, klæði, ix. 275; taka fé okkat allt með ráni, Nj. 5; engi maðr skal fyrir öðrum taka, Gþl. 473; hann leiddi þik til arfs … munu taka óvinir þínir ef þú kemr eigi til, Nj. 4; þeir tóku bæinn, seized, Sturl. ii. 149; kona hafði tekit ( stolen) … ok vildi hann refsa henni, Fms. vii. 330.3. to catch; Skotar munu hafa tekit njósnir allar, Nj. 126; standi menn upp ok taki hann, 130; hann skyldi taka hundinn, 114; þeir tóku á sundi mann einn, Fms. vii. 225; gröf, at taka í dýr, Flóv. 33; taka höndum, to lay hold of, take captive, Nj. 114, 275; in a good sense, Fms. x. 314.4. taka e-n af lífi, to take one from life, Fms. x. 3, Eg. 70; taka e-n af lífdögum, id., Fms. vii. 204: ellipt., taka af (af-taka), to take one off, put to death, Js. 23; taka e-n af nafni ok veldi, to deprive of …, Eg. 268; tóku þeir af eignum jarla konungs, Fms. i. 6: taka af e-m, to take a thing from one, x. 421, Nj. 103, 131, Eg. 120, Ld. 288; taka frá e-m, to take from, off, Nj. 253, K. Þ. K. 48; taka ofan, to take down, pull down, Nj. 119, 168; taka ór, to set apart, 232; taka undir sik, to take under oneself, subject, Fms. x. 24: to take charge of, Nj. 110, Eg. 725: taka upp, to take up, pick up, assume, 23.5. to take, grasp; taka í hönd e-m, to shake hands, Nj. 129; taka á lopti, to interrupt, Fms. x. 314; taka í ketil, of the ordeal, Grág. i. 381, Gkv. 3. 7; taka í jörð, to graze, of an animal, Bs. i. 338; jó lætr til jarðar taka, Skm. 15; skulu þér láta taka niðr hesta yðra, to graze a little, Band. 14 new Ed.; tók einn þeirra niðr í sinn klæðsekk, Stj.II. metaph., taka upphaf, to begin, Hom. 49; taka vöxt ok þroska, to increase, Rb. 392; taka konungdóm, Eg. 646; taka ráð, 49; taka skírn, 770; taka trú, to take the faith, become a Christian, Nj. 273; taka hvíld, to take rest, 43, 115; taka á sik svefn, 252; taka ræðu, to begin a parley, Eg. 578; taka umræðu, id., Nj. 146; þau taka þá tal, Ld. 72, Fms. ii. 254; taka nærri sér, see nær l. 2; taka á sik göngu, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; taka á sik svefn, Nj.; taka eld, to light a fire, 199; taka e-n orðum, to address; taka í sætt, to receive into reconciliation, Eg. 168; taka sættir, to accept terms, id. (also taka sættum, id.); taka þenna kost, 280; taka samheldi, Fms. ix. 344; ok tóku þat fastliga, at friðr skyldi standa, declared firmly that, x. 40, v. l.; taka stefnu, to fix a meeting, xi. 400; tóku þeir stefnu í milli sín, 402; nú er svá tekið um allt landit, at …, fixed by law that …, Gþl. 275; þeir tóku fastmælum sín í milli, at …, Bret. 82; taki í lög, to take into fellowship, Fms. xi. 96; lög-taka, cp. lófa-tak, vápna-tak; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð enn þú vildir engi af taka, thou wouldst accept none of them, Nj. 77; tók hann þann kost af, at leggja allt á konungs vald, Fms. iv. 224; ok þat tóku þeir af, ix. 367; Ólafr kvaðsk þat mundu af taka, Ld. 72; taka e-t til ráðs, or taka ráðs, bragðs, to resort to, Nj. 75, 124, 199: also, taka e-t til, to resort to, 26, Fms. xi, 253, passim (til-tæki); taka mót, to receive, Edda 15; taka e-t við, to receive in return, Fms. ii. 269; taka bætr fyrir e-t, xi. 253; með því þú görir sem ek býð þér, skaltú nökkuð eptir taka, take some reward for it, Ld. 44; þat er bæði at vér róum hart, enda mun nú mikit eptir taka, a great reward, Finnb. 232 (eptir-tekja); taka fæðu, to take food; taka corpus Domini, Mar.; taka samsæti, Fms. ii. 261; taka arf, Eg. 34; taka erfð, Gþl. 241; taka fé eptir föður sinn, Fms. xi. 47; taka laun, Nj. 68; taka veizlu, to take, receive a veizla (q. v.), Fms. xi. 239; konungr … hann tekr ( receives) af mörgum, skal hann því mikit gefa, 217; taka mikit lof, x. 367; taka helgun af Guði, Rb. 392; taka heilsu, to recover, Stj. 624; ek skal taka hæði-yrði af þér, Nj. 27; taka af honum rán ok manntjón, Ld. 64; taka úskil af íllum mönnum, Greg. 44; taka píslir ok dauða, 656 B. 30; drap hann þar menn nökkura, þótti mönnum hart at taka þat af útlendum manni, Bs. i. 19; þeir tóku mikinn andróða, Fms. viii. 438; taka andviðri, Eg. 87; þeir tóku norðan-veðr hörð, were overtaken by, Nj. 124; taka sótt, to be taken sick or ill (North E. to take ill), 29, Fms. xi. 97, Eg. 767; taka þyngd. id., Ísl. ii. 274; taka fótar-mein, Nj. 219; taka úgleði, to get out of spirits, Eg. 322; hann tók þá fáleika ok úgleði, Fms. vii. 103; hann tók langt kaf, 202; taka arftaki, to adopt, Grág. i. 232; taka konung, to take, elect a king, Fms. ix. 256; taka konu, to take a wife, x. 397; hann kvángaðisk ok tók bróður-dóttur þess manns er Finnr hét, 406; tók Magnús konungr Margrétu, 413; taka konu brott nauðga, to carry off a woman, Grág. i. 353; tók hann þá til háseta, he hired them, Eg. 404; taka far or fari, Landn. 307, Grág. ii. 406 (far, ii. 3); taka úkunna stigu, to take to unknown ways, Fms. viii. 30; taka ferð, to start, Stj.; taka til konungs, or the like, Eg. 367, 400, Fms. vii. 252; taka til siðar, Sks. 313; taka e-n vel, to receive well; ok taki ér, herra, vel þá Hjalta ok Gizur, Bs. i. 19; tók Skota-konungr hann vel, Fms. xi. 419; taka e-t þvert, to take a thing crossly, deny flatly, Nj. 26; taka fyrir e-t, to stop, interrupt, refuse, Fms. x. 251.III. to reach, stretch forth, touch; hann beit skarð, allt þat er tennr tóku, Eg. 605; eigi djúpara enn þeim tók undir hendr, Ld. 78; skurðrinn tók á framan-verðan bakkann, Krók.; hyrnan tók andlitið, Nj. 253; rödd tekr eyru, Skálda 175; döggskórinn tók niðr akrinn upp-standanda, Fas. i. 173; hafði flóð tekit þær, swept them away, Fms. xi. 393; spjót langskept svá at vel taki skipa meðal, Sks. 385; nef hans tók austr til landsenda … véli-fjarðar tóku norðr í Finnabú, Fms. viii. 10; tekr mörkin náliga allt it efra suðr, Eg. 58; þvíat ekki tek ek heim í kveld, Nj. 275; mun ek taka þangat í dag? Hbl.; bóndans bót tekr fyrir ( encompasses) konu, hans ok börn ok hjón, N. G. L. i. 341; taka niðri, to take the ground, of a ship or thing floating, Fas. iii. 257; svá at upp tekr um klaufir, Boll. 336; at eigi tæki hann (acc.) regnit, Stj. 594; skulu vér varask, at eigi taki oss þau dæmi, Hom. 70; svá mikit er uxa-húð tekr yfir, Fas. i. 288; nær því er þú sér at taka mun en ekki ór hófi, Sks. 21; hundr bundinn svá at taki eigi til manna, Grág. ii. 119; taka höndum upp, to lift up hands, Bs. i. 735, Edda 22; ek sé fram undir brekkuna, at upp taka spjóts-oddar fimtán, Finnb. 286; þetta smíði (Babel) tók upp ór veðrum, Edda 146 (pref.); hárit tók ofan á belti, Nj. 2; stöpul er til himins tæki, 645. 71; hér til tekr en fyrsta bók, reaches here, 655 vii. 4; taka mátti hendi til fals, Eg. 285; þeir tóku fram árum, took the oars, Fms. vii. 288; smeygði á sik ok tók út höndunum, 202; þeir tóku undun, to escape, viii. 438: to reach, land, take harbour, gaf honum vel byri ok tóku Borgarfjörð, Nj. 10; tóku þeir Friðar-ey, 268; þeir tóku land á Melrakka-sléttu, Ísl. ii. 246; byrjaði vel ok tóku Noreg, Ld. 72, 310; tóku þar land sem heitir Vatnsfjörðr, Landn. 30: ellipt., hann tók þar sem nú heitir Herjólfs-höfn, id.; þeir tóku fyrir sunnan land, 175.2. to take, hold, of a vessel; ketill or tók tvær tunnur, Fb. i. 524; lands þess er tæki ( of the value of) fjóra tigi hundraða, Sturl. i. 98, v. l.; hringrinn tók tólf hundruð mórend, Nj. 225: so in the phrase, það tekr því ekki, it is not worth the while; þann enn eina grip er hann átti svá at fé tæki, the sole object of value he had, Bs. i. 636.3. spec. usages; fara sem fætr mega af taka, Finnb. 288; konur æpa sem þær megu mest af taka, Al. 47, (aftak, aftaka-veðr, q. v.), Karl. 109, 196; fóru hvárir-tveggju sem af tók, went as fast as possible, Fms, iv. 304; hann sigldi suðr sem af tók, Eg. 93: in the phrase, taka mikinn, lítinn … af e-u, to make much, little of, take it to heart or lightly; mikit tekr þú af þessu, thou takest it much to heart, Lv. 10; öngan tek ek af um liðveizlu við þik, I will not pledge myself as to helping thee, Ld. 105; eigi töku vér mikit af at tortryggva þá bók, þótt mart sé undarligt í sagt, we will not strongly question the truth of the book, although many wonders are told therein, Sks. 78; Óspakr kvað hana mikit af taka, said he used very strong language, Ld. 216; mikinn tekr þú af, segir konungr, thou settest much by it, said the king, Fms. vi. 206: munda ek sýnu minna hafa af tekit ef ek væra údrukkinn, I would have kept a better tongue, xi. 112; Þórvarðr tók eigi af fyrir útanferð sína, did not quite refuse the going abroad, Sturl. iii. 244; hann kvaðsk eigi taka mega af því hvat mælt væri, he did not much mind what folks said, Nj. 210; hón tók lítið af öllu, said little about it, took it coolly, Eg. 322; tók hann minna af enn áðr við Íslendinga, he spoke not so strongly of them as he used to do, Glúm. 328; ok er sendi-menn kómu tók hann lítið af, Fms. x. 101; Flosi svaraði öllu vel, en tók þó lítið af, F. gave a civil but reserved answer, Nj. 180.IV. with prepp.; taka af hesti, to take (the saddle) off a horse, Nj. 4, 179; taka af sér ópit, to cease weeping, Ölk. 35; taka skriðinn af skipinu, Fms. ii. 305; taka e-t af, to abolish, vii. 1, x. 152, Ísl. ii. 258:—taka á e-u, to touch (á-tak), Nj. 118; þegar sem nær þeim er komit ok á þeim tekit, Stj. 76; sá er tekr fyrst á funa, Gm.; þat er ok, áðr þeir taki á dómum sinum ( ere they deliver sentence), at þeir skolu eið vinna áðr, Grág. i. 64; taka vel, auðvelliga, lítt, ekki vel, ílla … á e-u, to take a thing so and so, take it well, in good part, ill, in ill part, etc., Ld. 50, 248, Fms. xi. 124, Nj. 206, 265; Gunnarr talaði fátt um ok tók á öngu úlíkliga, 40; tak glaðan á ( cheerfully) við konunginn, Fms. xi. 112; þeir höfðu sagt hversu hann hafði á tekit þeim feðgum, Rd. 284; Leifr tekr á þessu eigi mjök, Fb. ii. 397; tók Börkr (á) því seinliga, Eb. 15 new Ed.:—taka eptir, to notice, observe, Sturl. i. 2 (eptir-tekt):—taka móti, to withstand, resist, Nj. 261, Fms. ix. 307, 513 (mót-tak):—taka með, to reserve, accept, iv. 340, xi. 427 (með-taka): taka við, hann tókþar ok við mörg önnur dæmi, bæði konunga æfi, he tacked to it many records, the lives of kings, etc., Ó. H. (pref.): this isolated phrase has led editors (but wrongly) to substitute hann ‘jók’ þar við:—taka aptr, to take back, render void, undo, Bs. i. 631, Nj. 191, Sks. 775; eigi má aptr taka unnit verk, a saying, Fms. ii. 11: to recall, unsay, mun ek þau orð eigi aptr taka, Ld. 42, Fms. ii. 253:—taka í, to pull off; taktu í hann, to pull his stocking off:—taka um, to take hold of, grasp, Eg. 410, Hkr. ii. 322:—taka upp, to pick up, assume; niðr at fella ok upp at taka, 625. 68, Eg. 23; taka upp borð, to put up the tables before a meal; tekr upp borð ok setr fyrir þá Butralda, Fbr. 37; vóru borð upp tekin um alla stofuna ok sett á vist, Eg. 551: but also to remove them after a meal (= taka borð ofan), 408, Hkr. ii. 192, Fms. i. 41, Orkn. 246 (see borð II); taka upp vist, to put food on the table, Vm. 168; taka upp bygð sína, to remove one’s abode, passim; taka upp, of a body, to take up, disinter, Hkr. ii. 388; taka upp, to seize on, confiscate, Nj. 73, 207, Ld. 38, Eg. 73; þeir tóku upp ( laid waste) þorp þat er heitir Tuma-þorp, Fms. i. 151; var þá tekin upp bygð Hrolleifs, Fs. 34; hón tekr þat mart upp er fjarri er mínum vilja, Nj. 6l; at þú gefir ró reiði ok takir þat upp er minnst vandræði standi af, 175; taka upp verknað, to take up work, Ld. 34; taka upp stærð, to take to pride, Fms. x. 108; halda upp-teknu efni, i. 263; taka upp sök, mál, to take up a case, Nj. 31, 71, 231: to interpret, eigi kann ek öðruvís at ráða þenna draum … glíkliga er upp tekit, Sturl. iii. 216; ok skal svá upp taka ‘síks glóð,’ þat er ‘gull,’ Edda 127; kvæði, ef þau eru rétt kveðin ok skynsamliga upp tekin, Hkr. (pref.); tók hann svá upp, at honum væri eigi úhætt, Fms. ix. 424; drykk ok vistir svá sem skipit tók upp, as the ship could take, iv. 92; er þat skip mikit, ok mun þat taka oss upp alla, Nj. 259; þat hjóna er meira lagði til félags skal meira upp taka, Gþl. 220; þótti þeim í hönd falla at taka upp land þetta hjá sér sjálfum, Ld. 210; skal sá sem at Kálfafelli býr taka upp vatn at sínum hlut, Vm. 168; taka upp giptu hjá Dana-konungi, Fms. xi. 426; taka upp goðorð, Nj. 151, 168, Grág. i. 24; taka upp þing. Ann. 1304 ( to restore); tókusk þá upp lög ok landsréttr, Fs. 27; taka upp vanda, Fms. vii. 280:—taka til, to take to; hefna svá at ekki fýsi annan slík firn til at taka, 655 xiii. A. 3; tóku margir þá til at níða hann, Bs. i; taka til ráða, ráðs, bragðs, Nj. 19, 75, 124; hann tók til ráða skjótt, 19; enn þó munu vér þat bragðs taka, 199; hvat skal nú til ráða taka, 124; ef hann tekr nökkut íllt til, 26; hverja úhæfu er hann tekr til, Fms. xi. 253; taka til máls, to take to talking, Nj. 16, 71; taka til orðs, or orða, 122, 230, 264; hann tók nú til at segja söguna, to take to telling a story; taka til varnar, to begin the defence, Grág. i. 60, Nj. 271; nú er þar til at taka, at …, 74; er blót tóku til, Landn. 111; þá tók til ríki Svía-konungs, Fms. iv. 118; um Slésvík þar sem Dana-ríki tók til, xi. 417: to concern, þat mun taka til yðar, Hom. 150; þetta mál er til konungs tók, Fms. xi. 105; láta til sín taka, to let it concern oneself, meddle with, Band. 23 new Ed.; Gísl lét fátt til sín taka, Fms. vii. 30; vil ek nú biðja þik at þú létir ekki til þín taka um tal várt, Nj. 184: to have recourse to, þú tekr eigi til þeirra liðsinnis ef ekki þarf, Fms. vii. 17, Grág. i. 41; taka til segls, Eg. 573, Fms. ix. 22; taka til sunds, 24; taka til e-s, to note, mark, with dislike:—taka undir, to take under a thing; hann tók undir kverkina, took her by the chin, Nj. 2; þá tók Egill undir höfða-hlut Skalla-grími, Eg. 398: to undertake, þat mál er þeir skyldi sjálfir undir taka, Hkr. i. 266; þá skal hann taka undir þá sömu þjónostu, Ó. H. 120: to back, second, hann kvaðsk ekki mundu taka undir vandræði þeirra, Nj. 182; undir þann kviðling tók Rúnolfr goði, ok sótti Hjalta um goðgá, Bs. i. 17: ek mun taka undir með þér ok styðja málit, Fms. xi. 53; hann tók ekki undir þat ráð, Fb. ii. 511; þau tóku undir þetta léttliga, seconded it readily, Ld. 150; hann tók seinliga undir, Nj. 217; hann hafði heyrt tal þeirra ok tók undir þegar, ok kvað ekki saka, Ld. 192: göra tilraun hversu þér tækit undir þetta, Fb. i. 129: to echo, blésu herblástr svá at fjöllin tóku undir, Fas. i. 505; taka undir söng, to accompany singing:—taka við, to receive; nú tóktú svá við sverði þessu, Fms. i. 15; siðan hljópu menn hans, enn hann túk við þeim, 105; jörð tekr við öldri, Hm.; til þess er akkerit tók við, grappled, took hold, Dan. holde igen, Fms. x. 135. v. l.; þar til er sjár tók við honum, Edda 153 (pref.); taka við ríki, Eg. 241, Fms. i. 7; taka við trú, Nj. 158, 159; taka við handsölum á e-u, 257; ef maðr görr við at taka við dæmdum úmaga, Grág. i. 258; taka vel við e-m, to receive well, Nj. 5; ekki torleiði tekr við yðr, no obstacle stops you, Al. 120; þeir tóku við vel ok vörðusk, made a bold resistance, Fms. i. 104; eggjuðu sumir at við skyldi taka, vii. 283; at þeir skyldi verja landit, en þeir vildu eigi við taka, xi. 386; ganga fram á mel nökkurn, ok segir Hrútr at þeir mundu þar við taka, Ld. 62; þar stóð steinn einn mikill, þar bað Kjartan þá við taka, 220; seg þú æfi-sögu þína, Ásmundr, en þá skal Egill við taka, tell thy life’s tale, Asmund, and then shall Egil take his turn, Fas. iii. 374; tók við hvárr af öðrum, one took up where the other left off:—taka yfir, hann vildi eigi til ráða nema hann ætlaði at yfir tæki, Fms. iv. 174; þeir munu allt til vinna, at yfir taki með oss, Nj. 198; at eyrendi þeirra skyldi eigi lyktuð né yfir tekin, Fms. iv. 224.V. to take to, begin:1. with infin., tóku menn at binda sár sín, Eg. 93; hann tók at yrkja þegar er hann var ungr, 685; hans afli tók at vaxa, Fms. viii. 47; á þeim veg er ek tæka ganga, Sks. 3; taka at birtask, 568; tekr at dimma, birta … rigna, it gets dim, takes to darken … rain; allt þat er hann tekr at henda, Nj. 5; þá tók at lægja veðrit, 124; tók þá at morna, 131; tók þá at nátta, Fms. ix. 54; kvölda tekr = Lat. vesperascit, Luke xxiv. 29.2. in other phrases, taka á rás, to take to running, to run, Nj. 253, Eg. 216, 220, Eb. 62 (hófu á rás, 67 new Ed.), Hrafn. 7: ellipt., tók bogmaðr ok hans menn á land upp undan, they took to the inland and escaped, Fms. ix. 275; tók hann þegar upp um brú, viii. 169; svá íllt sem nú er frá at taka (to escape, shun), þá mun þó síðarr verr, Fs. 55; taka flótta, to take to flight, Hm. 30; Eirekr tók út ór stofunni, took out of the room, ran out, Sturl. ii. 64; þeir tóku út eitt veðr allir, stood out to sea with the same wind, Fb. ii. 243.VI. with dat., to take to, receive (perh. ellipt. for taka við- e-u); jarl tók vel sendi-mönnum ok vináttu-málum konungs, Fms. i. 53; konungr tók honum vel ok blíðliga, vii. 197; tekit mundu vér hafa kveðju þinni þóttú hefðir oss fyrri fagnat, Ld. 34; Grímr tók því seinliga, Eg. 764; Sigurðr tók því máli vel, 38, Fms. x. 2; konungr tók þá vel orðum Þórólfs, Eg. 44; hann tók því þakksamliga, Fms. i. 21; taka vel þeirra eyrendum, x. 33; Barði tók þessu vel, Ld. 236; Hákon tók því seinliga, Fms. i. 74; eigi mun konungr taka því þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, Eg. 59; tók Brynjólfr þá sættum fyrir Björn, 168; Njáll átti hlut at, at þeir skyldi taka sættum, Nj. 120; taka handsölum á fé, 257; taka heimildum á e-u, Fms. x. 45; taka fari, Grág. ii. 399, Nj. 111, 258 (see far); taka bóli, to take a farm (on lease), Gþl. 328, 354; mun ek máli taka fyrir alla Íslenzka menn þá er á skipi eru, speak for them, Bs. i. 421.VII. impers. it is taken; hann brá upp hendinni ok tók hana af honum ok höfuðit af konunginum, Nj. 275; ok tók af nasarnar, Fms. x. 135, v. l.; þá tók af veðrit (acc.), the weather ‘took up’ (as is said in North of England), the storm abated. Fas. i. 157; svá at þar tæki af vega alla, all roads were stopped, Fms, iii. 122; af þeim tók málit ok görask úfærir, Fas. ii. 549; kom á höndina fyrir ofan úlflið svá at af tók, Nj. 84; kom á fótinn svá at af tók, 123; þá tók efa af mörgum manni, Fms. iii. 8; sýnina tekr frá e-m, to become blind, x. 339; undan kúnni tók nyt alla, Eb. 316; jafnskjótt tók ór verkinn allan, Fms. iv. 369; tók út skip Þangbrands ór Hitará, she drifted out, Bs. i. 15; í þat mund dags er út tók eykðina, when the time of ‘eykð’ was nearly passed, Fms. xi. 136; um várit er sumar-hita tók, when the summer heat set in, Fs. 67; réru svá skjótt at ekki tók (viz. þá) á vatni, Fms. vii. 344.2. as a naut. term, to clear, weather a point; veðr var litið ok tók þeim skamt frá landi, the weather was still, and they kept close in shore, Fms. vi. 190: hence the mod. naut. phrase, e-m tekr, to clear, weather; mér tók fyrir nesit, I cleared, weathered the ness; vindr þver, svo að þeim tekr ekki.3. þar er eigi of tekr torf eðr grjót, where neither is at hand, Grág. ii. 262; þau dæmi tekr til þessa máls, the proofs of this are, that when …, Hom. 127.B. Reflex., takask mikit á hendr, to take much in hand, Band. 3, Nj. 228, Fms. i. 159; tókumk ek þat á hendr, xi. 104; láta af takask, to let oneself be deprived of, Eg. 296; takask e-n á hendr.2. to be brought about, take effect, succeed; cp. þykkir mikit í hættu hversu þér teksk, Ld. 310; þat tóksk honum, he succeeded, Bárð. 167; tekst þá tveir vilja, it succeeds when two will, i. e. joint efforts prevail, a saying:—takask til, to happen; Ásgrími tóksk svá til (it so happened to A.), sem sjaldan var vant, at vörn var í máii hans, Nj. 92; ef svá vill til takask. Fas. i. 251; svá erviðliga sem þeim hafði til tekizk at herja á þá feðga, Fms. i. 184; mér hefir úgiptuliga tekizk, Ld. 252; þætti mér allmiklu máli skipta at þér tækisk stórmannliga, that thou wouldst behave generously, Hkr. ii. 32; hefir þetta svá tekizk sem ván var at, er hann var barn at aldri, 268.3. to take place, begin; tóksk orrosta, Nj. 8; teksk þar orrosta, 122; ráð takask, of a marriage; en ef þá takask eigi ráðin, if the wedding takes not place then, Grág. i. 311; lýkr svá at ráðin skyldi takask, 99; ráð þau skyldi takask at öðru sumri, Eg. 26, Fms. x. 40: to be realised, hvatamaðr at þessi ferð skyldi takask, Ld. 240; síðan er mægð hafdi tekizk með þeim, since they had intermarried, Eg. 37; takask með þeim góðar ástir, they came to love one another much, of newly-married people, passim; féráns dómr teksk, Grág. i. 95; takask nú af heimboðin, to cease, Ld. 208; ok er allt mál at ættvíg þessi takisk af, 258.II. recipr., takask orðum, to speak to one another, Fms. xi. 13; ok er þeir tókusk at orðum, spurði hann …, Eg. 375; bræðr-synir takask arf eptir, entreat one another, Gþl. 241; ef menn takask fyrir árar eða þiljur, take from one another, 424: takask á, to wrestle, Bárð. 168; takask fangbrögðum, Ld. 252, Ísl. ii. 446: takask í hendr, to shake hands, Grág. i. 384, Nj. 3, 65.III. part. tekinn; vóru þá tekin ( stopped) öll borgar-hlið ok vegar allir, at Norðmönnum kæmi engi njósn, Fms. vi. 411: Steinþórr var til þess tekinn, at …, S. was particularly named as …, Eb. 32, 150; hann var til þess tekinn, at honum var verra til hjóna en öðrum mönnum, Grett. 70 new Ed. (cp. mod. usage, taka til e-s, to wonder at): lá hann ok var mjök tekinn, very ill, Sturl. i. 89: Álfhildr var þungliga tekin, ok gékk henni nær dauða, Fms. iv. 274; hann var mjök tekinn ok þyngdr af líkþrá, ii. 229; þú ert Ílla at tekin fyrir vanheilsu sakir, vii. 244; ú-tekin jörð, an untaken, unclaimed estate, Sturl. iii. 57, Gþl. 313.2. at af teknum þeim, except, Fms. x. 232; at af teknum úvinum sínum, 266, (Latinism.) -
56 saco
intj.gee, cripes, wow, gee whiz.m.1 sack, bag (bolsa).saco de arena sandbagsaco de dormir sleeping bag2 coat. ( Latin American Spanish)3 sackful, bag load, amount or quantity held by the sack, bagful.Compró tres sacos [costales] de arroz He bought three sacks [sackfuls] of rice4 knapsack, small rucksack.5 sac, bursa.pres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: sacar.* * *1 (bolsa) sack, bag2 (contenido) sackful, bagful3 ANATOMÍA sac4 (saqueo) plundering, pillaging5 ESPAÑOL AMERICANO (americana) jacket\caer en saco roto figurado to go in one ear and out of the otherno echar algo en saco roto figurado to take good note of somethingser un saco sin fondo to be a bottomless pitsaco de dormir sleeping bagsaco de mentiras figurado pack of liessaco de viaje overnight bag* * *noun m.1) sack2) coat* * *ISM1) (=costal) [referido al contenedor] bag, sack; [referido al contenido] bagful; (Mil) kitbag; (Dep) punchball- a sacosno es o no parece saco de paja — he can't be written off as unimportant
saco postal — mailbag, postbag
2) (Anat) sac4) ** (=cárcel) nick **, prisonIISM (Mil) sack* * *1) ( continente) sack; ( contenido) sack, sackfulechar a alguien al saco — (Chi fam) to swindle somebody (colloq)
caer en saco roto — consejo to go unheeded
estos errores no deben caer en saco roto — we should learn from these mistakes
echar algo en saco roto — <esfuerzo/trabajo> to let something go to waste; < consejos> to ignore something
saco de papas — (Chi fam) fat lump (colloq)
ser un saco de huesos — (fam & hum) to be all skin and bones (colloq)
2) (AmL) ( de tela) jacketal que le venga el saco que se lo ponga — (fr hecha) if the cap fits, wear it
•* * *= sack, sackful.Ex. Without having to make any decisions as to relative importance, we simply enter this under the relevant terms: manufacture, multiwall, kraft, paper, sacks, packaging and cement.Ex. They gathered a whole sackful, stripped off the husks, and filled the sack again.----* atrincherado con sacos de arena = sandbagged.* carrera de sacos = sack race, potato sack race.* entrar a saco = burst into, storm into.* palabras + caer en + saco roto = words + fall on + deaf ears.* parapetado con sacos de arena = sandbagged.* parapetar con sacos de arena = sandbag.* por sacos = by the sackful.* proteger con sacos de arena = sandbag.* saco de arena = sandbag.* saco de dormir = sleeping bag.* saco de papel = paper sack.* ser un saco de huesos = be a bag of bones.* tela de saco = sacking, sackcloth.* tío del saco, el = bogeyman [bogeymen], bogey [bogie].* tomar a saco = take + Nombre + by storm.* un saco de = a sackful of.* un saco lleno de = a sackful of.* * *1) ( continente) sack; ( contenido) sack, sackfulechar a alguien al saco — (Chi fam) to swindle somebody (colloq)
caer en saco roto — consejo to go unheeded
estos errores no deben caer en saco roto — we should learn from these mistakes
echar algo en saco roto — <esfuerzo/trabajo> to let something go to waste; < consejos> to ignore something
saco de papas — (Chi fam) fat lump (colloq)
ser un saco de huesos — (fam & hum) to be all skin and bones (colloq)
2) (AmL) ( de tela) jacketal que le venga el saco que se lo ponga — (fr hecha) if the cap fits, wear it
•* * *= sack, sackful.Ex: Without having to make any decisions as to relative importance, we simply enter this under the relevant terms: manufacture, multiwall, kraft, paper, sacks, packaging and cement.
Ex: They gathered a whole sackful, stripped off the husks, and filled the sack again.* atrincherado con sacos de arena = sandbagged.* carrera de sacos = sack race, potato sack race.* entrar a saco = burst into, storm into.* palabras + caer en + saco roto = words + fall on + deaf ears.* parapetado con sacos de arena = sandbagged.* parapetar con sacos de arena = sandbag.* por sacos = by the sackful.* proteger con sacos de arena = sandbag.* saco de arena = sandbag.* saco de dormir = sleeping bag.* saco de papel = paper sack.* ser un saco de huesos = be a bag of bones.* tela de saco = sacking, sackcloth.* tío del saco, el = bogeyman [bogeymen], bogey [bogie].* tomar a saco = take + Nombre + by storm.* un saco de = a sackful of.* un saco lleno de = a sackful of.* * *saco1A (continente) sack; (contenido) sack, sackfullo compran por sacos they buy it by the sackful o sackcompró dos sacos de maíz she bought two sacks o sackfuls of cornen saco roto: no echemos en saco roto todo este esfuerzo let's not let all this effort go to wasteechó en saco roto todas sus preocupaciones she put all her worries out of her mindsus consejos cayeron en saco roto nobody took any notice of his advice, his advice went unheeded o fell on stony groundestos errores no deben caer en saco roto we should learn from these mistakesentrar a saco: entraron a saco en el aula they burst o stormed into the hallalgunas revistas entran a saco en la intimidad de las personas some magazines barge into people's private lives o invade people's privacyun producto que ha entrado a saco en el mercado internacional a product which has taken the international market by stormmandar a algn a tomar por saco ( vulg); to tell sb to piss off ( vulg), to tell sb to get stuffed ( BrE sl)Compuestos:(en boxeo) punchbag; ( Mil) sandbagsleeping bagsandbagB ( Anat) sacCompuestos:vocal saclacrimal sacal que le venga el saco que se lo ponga ( fr hecha); if the cap fits, wear itponerse el saco ( Méx fam): se puso el saco y empezó a justificarse he assumed it was him we were talking about and he started making excusesCompuesto:saco2* * *
Del verbo sacar: ( conjugate sacar)
saco es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo
sacó es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo
Multiple Entries:
sacar
saco
sacar ( conjugate sacar) verbo transitivo
1 ( extraer)
‹pistola/espada› to draw;
saco algo DE algo to take o get sth out of sth;◊ lo saqué del cajón I took o got it out of the drawer
‹riñón/cálculo› to remove;
2 (poner, llevar fuera)
tuvimos que sacolo por la ventana we had to get it out through the window;
saco el perro a pasear to take the dog out for a walk;
saco el coche del garaje to get the car out of the garageb) ( invitar):
saco a algn a bailar to ask sb to dance
◊ me sacó la lengua he stuck o put his tongue out at me
3 ( retirar) to take out;◊ saco dinero del banco to take out o withdraw money from the bank
4 ( de una situación difícil) saco a algn DE algo ‹de apuro/atolladero› to get sb out of sth
5 (Esp) ‹ dobladillo› to let down;
‹pantalón/falda› ( alargar) to let down;
( ensanchar) to let out
( obtener)
1 ‹pasaporte/permiso› to get;
‹entrada/billete› to get, buy
2
3 ‹ beneficio› to get;
‹ ganancia› to make;◊ ¿qué sacas con eso? what do you gain by doing that?;
no sacó ningún provecho del curso she didn't get anything out of the course
4 saco algo DE algo ‹idea/información› to get sth from sth;
‹porciones/unidades› to get sth out of sth;
sacole algo A algn ‹dinero/información› to get sth out of sb
5 ‹ brillo› to bring out;
1
‹ disco› to bring out, release;
‹modelo/producto› to bring out
‹ copia› to make, take;
‹ apuntes› to make, take;
2
( salvar de la crisis) to keep sth going;◊ luché tanto para saco adelante a mis hijos I fought so hard to give my children a good start in life
3 (Dep) ‹tiro libre/falta› to take
( quitar) (esp AmL)a) sacole algo A algn ‹botas/gorro› to take sth off sbb) sacole algo a algo ‹tapa/cubierta› to take sth off sthc) ( retirar):
saquen los libros de la mesa take the books off the table
verbo intransitivo (Dep) (en tenis, vóleibol) to serve;
( en fútbol) to kick off
sacarse verbo pronominal ( refl)
1 ( extraer) ‹astilla/púa› to take … out;
‹ ojo› to poke … out;
sacose algo DE algo to take sth out of sth;
sácate las manos de los bolsillos take your hands out of your pockets
2 (AmL) ( quitarse) ‹ropa/zapatos› to take off;
‹ maquillaje› to remove, take off
3
saco sustantivo masculino
1 ( continente) sack;
( contenido) sack, sackful;
2 (AmL) ( de tela) jacket;
sacar
I verbo transitivo
1 (de un sitio) to take out
sacar la cabeza por la ventana, to stick one's head out of the window
sacar dinero del banco, to withdraw money from the bank
2 (un beneficio, etc) to get
3 (extraer una cosa de otra) to extract, get: de la uva se saca vino, you get wine from grapes
4 (una solución) to work out
sacar conclusiones, to draw conclusions
5 (descubrir, resolver) no consigo sacar esta ecuación, I can't resolve this equation
6 (un documento) to get
7 (una entrada, un billete) to buy, get
8 (de una mala situación) sacar a alguien de algo, to get sb out of sthg
sacar de la pobreza, to save from poverty
9 (manifestar, dar a conocer) de repente, sacó su malhumor, he got into a strop all of a sudden
10 (una novedad) han sacado un nuevo modelo de televisor, they've brought out a new television model again
11 (poner en circulación) to bring out, release
12 familiar (producir) esa máquina saca más de 2.500 piezas a la hora, this machine can produce more than 2,500 parts an hour
(una fotografía, una copia) to take
13 familiar (aparecer alguien o algo en un medio de comunicación) lo sacaron por la tele, it was on television
14 familiar (superar a alguien en algo) ha crecido mucho, ya le saca la cabeza a su padre, he's grown a lot o he's already taller than his father
15 (un jugador una carta o una ficha) to draw
16 (una mancha) to get out
17 Cost (de largo) to let down
(de ancho) to let out
II vi Dep (en tenis) to serve
(en fútbol, baloncesto, etc) to kick off
♦ Locuciones: sacar a alguien a bailar, to ask sb to dance
sacar a relucir, to point out
sacar adelante, to keep going
sacar en claro o limpio, to make sense of
sacar la lengua, to stick one's tongue out
sacar pecho, to thrust one's chest out
saco sustantivo masculino
1 sack
saco de dormir, sleeping bag
saco terrero, sandbag
2 LAm (chaqueta o americana) llevaba puesto un saco gris, he was wearing a grey jacket
3 (saqueo, robo) el saco de la ciudad fue llevado a cabo por las tropas, the troops sacked the city
♦ Locuciones: echar en saco roto, to do sthg in vain
meter en el mismo saco, to lump together
entrar a saco, to pillage, figurado to make drastic changes without any previous consultation
' saco' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
coco
- escarceo
- meter
- pelada
- pelado
- sacar
- semejante
- talego
- apuro
- avaricia
- bailar
- bulto
- foto
- fotocopia
- limpio
- nada
- provecho
- puesto
English:
bogeyman
- bring out
- deaf
- dig out
- draw on
- dredge up
- jacket
- out
- profit
- pull
- qualify
- sack
- sandbag
- situation
- sleeping bag
- take out
- whip
- back
- blow
- cardigan
- first
- maneuver
- sleeping
- sneak
- top
* * *♦ nm1. [bolsa] sack;un saco de carbón/patatas a sack of coal/potatoes;caer en saco roto to fall on deaf ears;echar en saco roto: espero que no eches en saco roto mis consejos I hope you take good note of my advice;ser (como) un saco sin fondo to be (like) a bottomless pitsaco de arena sandbag;saco de dormir sleeping bag;saco de dormir (tipo) momia mummy sleeping bag;saco terrero sandbagser un saco de huesos to be all skin and bones;ser un saco de mentiras to be full of lies3. Biol sac, bagsaco lacrimal lacrimal sac;saco vitelino yolk sac4. Am [abrigo] coat5. Am [de tela] jacket;[de punto] cardigan; RPsaco largo overcoat, three-quarter-length coatAm saco sport sports jacket6. CompEsp muy Fam Esp muy Fam¡que le den por saco! screw him!, Br he can get stuffed!♦ a saco loc adventraron a saco en el pueblo they sacked o pillaged the village;los asaltantes entraron a saco en el palacio presidencial the attackers stormed the presidential palace;el periodista entró a saco con las preguntas the journalist didn't beat about the bush with his questions* * *m1 sack;mis consejos cayeron en saco roto my advice fell on stony ground;tener algo/a alguien en el saco fig fam have sth/s.o. in the bag2 L.Am.chaqueta jacket3:entrar a saco en fam burst into, barge into fam* * *saco nm1) : bag, sack2) : sac3) : jacket, sport coat* * *saco n sack -
57 gå
4идти́, ходи́ть; отправля́тьсяtóget går (klókken seks) — по́езд отхо́дит (в шесть часо́в)
úret går — часы́ иду́т
gå på besǿg — ходи́ть в го́сти
hvordán går det dig [Dem]? — как твои́ [ва́ши] дела́?, как пожива́ете?
det går godt — (дела́ иду́т) хорошо́!
gå i skóle — ходи́ть в шко́лу
gå på árbejde — ходи́ть на рабо́ту
* * *elapse, extend, go, march, on, play, reach, roll, run, strike, tread, walk* * *vb (gik, gået) go;( gå på sine ben) walk;( om tid) go, pass, go by;( spilles, opføres) be on ( fx there is a good film on at the Palladium), run ( fx the play ran for six months; is that film still running?),(mere F) be played, be performed;( sælges) sell, be sold;(gram.: bøjes) go, be inflected;( være passende) do;( rækkes fra hånd til hånd) go round, pass;( gå i stykker) go, break;( gå på pension) retire,( træde tilbage fra højere post, og om regering) resign;(om maskineri etc) run ( fx the engine is running smoothly; the drawer( skuffen) runs smoothly; the machine runs by electricity);( om tog) run ( fx the trains did not run on Sundays),( afgå) leave, go ( fx when does the train leave (el. go)? it leaves(el. goes) at 10);(teat) exeunt, exit,( i nyere stykker oftest) they go (, he, she goes) (off stage);[ døren gik] the door opened and shut; somebody came in (, went out);[ møllen går] the mill is turning;[ radioen går hele dagen] the radio is on all day;[ snakken gik] the conversation was in full swing,(dvs sladderen) people were talking;[ snakken gik livligt] the conversation was animated;[ der er gået tre trumfer] three trumps are out (el. have gone);[ med adv, pron etc:][ blive gået](dvs afskediget) be retired;[ det gik helt anderledes] it turned out quite differently;[ det er gået dårligt for mig] things have gone badly with me, I have had bad luck;(mht helbred) he was in a bad way;[ det gik dårligt med foretagendet] the enterprise did not succeed;[ gå fri] escape,( få lov at slippe) be let off;[ uret går godt] the watch keeps good time;[ det går godt med ham, det går ham rigtig godt] he is doing well;[ forretningen går godt] the business is thriving;[ hvordan går det ( med helbredet)?] how are you?T how is it going? how goes it?(se også ndf: gå med);[ hvordan det end går] whatever happens;[ den går ikke] that won't do,(= du kan tro nej!) no you don't! nothing doing! I'm not having any![ lad gå!] all right! let it pass![ jeg vil lade det gå for denne gang] I'll overlook it this time;[ lade ham gå](dvs sætte fri) let him go;(dvs lade i fred) leave him alone;[ det går meget let] that is very easy;[ sådan gik det i tre år] things went on like that for three years;[ sådan går det her i verden] that is the way of the world;[ gå tabt] be lost,(se også tabe);[ faste forbindelser med præp og adv:][ gå af]( løsne sig) come off,( om noget limet også) come unstuck;( om skydevåben) go off,( om skud) be fired;( gå på pension) retire,( forløbe) go (el. pass) off;[ hvad går der af ham] what is the matter with him? what has come over him?[ gå af i stilhed] pass off quietly;[ det kan gå af på min gæld] you can deduct it from what I owe you;[ gå an]( være acceptabel) do ( fx will these shoes do?);[ det går an] it will do;[ det går aldrig an] it will never do;[ gå bagover] fall backwards;[ jeg var ved at gå bagover af forbavselse] you could have knocked me down with a feather;[ gå bort] go away;(dø) die, pass away;[` gå efter]( hente) go for, go to fetch,T go and get;( rette sig efter) go by, go on ( fx we have nothing to go by (el.on)), act on ( fx his advice, his recommendation);[gå ` efter]( undersøge) go over ( fx all the details), go into ( fx thematter),(friske el. male op) touch up ( fx an article);( efterkontrollere) go (el. check) over, go (el. check) through;[ hvis det gik efter mit hoved] if I had my way;[ gå efter lyden] go in the direction of the sound;[ gå for]( gælde, regnes for) pass for, be supposed to be;( blive solgt for) go for;[ hvad går her for sig?] what is going on here?[ hvornår skal det gå for sig?] when is it to come off? when is it to be?[ det går godt for ham] he is doing well;[ intet ville gå for ham] nothing went right for him;[gå foran præp] go before,F precede;adv go (, walk) ahead (el. in front), lead the way;[ gå forbi] pass;[ gå forud for, gå fremfor] precede;(fig) take precedence of (el. over);[gå ` fra]( løsne sig) come loose;( om noget limet) come unstuck;( skulle fradrages) be deducted;(opgive fx eksamen) give up;(opgive studium etc) drop out;[` gå fra]( forlade) leave (behind);( lade i stikken) desert ( fx one's wife);[ gå fra borde], se bord;[ gå fra forstanden], se forstand;(dvs hver til sit) part, separate;(dvs i stykker) go to pieces, split;[ gå fra sit ord] go back on one's word;[ gå frem] advance, go forward;( gøre fremskridt) make progress;( bære sig ad) act,F proceed;[ gå lige frem] walk straight ahead;[ gå fremad] advance,F proceed;( gøre fremskridt) make progress;(dvs det går ham godt) he is getting on;(mht helbredet) his health is improving;( han bliver dygtigere) he is coming on;[ gå hen: gå ubemærket hen] pass off unnoticed;[ gå ikke hen og bliv syg] don't go and be ill;[ han er gået hen og har købt en bil] he's (been and) gone and bought a car;[ gå let hen over] pass lightly over;T skate over;(se også hoved);[ gå hen til ham] go (up) to him; walk over to him;( for at besøge ham) go and see him; look him up;[` gå i]( være klædt i) wear;[gå `i]( lukke sig) close;[han går i sit 50. år] he is in his fiftieth year;[ gå i femte klasse] be in the fifth class;[ hun går lige i folk] people fall for her straight away;[ den slags historier går lige i folk] people lap up that kind of story;[ gå i sig selv] think better of it,F repent;[ planen gik i sig selv igen] the scheme came to nothing;[` gå igen] leave again;[gå ` igen] be repeated,F recur;( om genfærd) walk; haunt the house (, room etc);[ gå igennem] pass (through), go through;( undersøge) go over, go through;( lide) go through,F undergo;( blive vedtaget) be carried, pass, go through;[ ansøgningen gik igennem] the application was granted;[ (radio)udsendelsen gik godt igennem] reception was good;(se også marv);[ gå imod]( i fjendtlig hensigt) go against;( hen imod) go towards;( modarbejde) oppose;[ hvad er der gået dig imod?] what is worrying you? what has upset you?[ alting går mig imod] nothing seems to be going my way;[ gå ind]( træde ind) go in, enter;(om avis etc) cease publication;(se også jagt);[ gå ind ad døren] go in through (, enter by) the door;[ gå ind for]( støtte) support ( fx a proposal),( være fortaler for) be an advocate of ( fx reform), advocate,( anbefale) recommend;[ gå ind for en sag] adopt (el. identify oneself with) a cause;[ gå ind for hans politik] go in for (el. adopt el. advocate) his policy;[ jeg går ind for at] I think that, I vote that;[ gå ind i] go into, enter,(i forening etc) join;[ gå ind i hæren] join the army;(dvs han forstod det) it went right in; he got the message;(dvs de elsker det) they lap up that kind of thing;[ gå ind på]( bevæge sig ind i) enter ( fx enter one's office);( beskæftige sig med) go into ( fx go into details);( give sin tilslutning til) agree to, accept ( fx accept a proposal), fall in with ( fx an arrangement, a joke);[ gå nærmere ind på] go into details about;[ gå ind til de andre] join the others;(se også evig (hvile));[ gå indad]( om dør) open inwards;[ han går indad på fødderne] his feet turn in; he turns in his feet (in walking);[ gå itu] break, come (el. go) to pieces;[ gå med]( ledsage) go with, come with,F accompany;( bære) carry ( fx a pistol, a gas mask, a cane),( være iført) wear ( fx a gas mask, glasses, a ring, a hat);(se også krykke);( om par) go out with,T date ( fx he's dating her);( uddele) deliver ( fx newspapers, milk; bread for a baker);[gå ` med](adv) come with somebody (, me, etc), go along;( forbruges) be consumed, be spent;( blive ødelagt) be destroyed, be lost;[ går du med?] are you coming (too)? are you coming with me (, us)?[ gå med aviser (, mælk)]( også) do a newspaper round (, milk round);[ hvordan går det med ham?] how is he getting on?[ hvordan går det med arbejdet?] how is the work getting on? how are you getting on with your work?[ gå med stok] walk with a stick,( til pynt) carry a stick;[ gå stille med noget] keep something quiet;(se også dør);[ gå med hovedet på skrå] carry one's head on one side;[ sådan går det med de fleste] that is what happens to most people;[ hele dagen gik med at forberede festen] they (, we etc) spent the whole day preparing the party;[ gå med på] agree to ( fx the terms, the plan, the proposal), fall in with ( fx the proposal);(se også værst);[ gå med til](dvs ind på) agree to;[ gå ned] go down,F descend;(om sol etc) set, go down;( om flyvemaskine) land, come down;(om skib etc = synke) go down;( om pris, temperatur etc) fall,( pludseligt) drop;( om teatertæppe) fall, come down;( bukke under) go under, go to the wall,( gå fallit) go under, go bust;(se også I. bakke, flag, I. klap);[gå `om]( gå omkring) walk about,( blive rakt rundt) go round;( udføres på ny) be repeated;( i skole) repeat a class (, a year);( om eksamen) retake (, kun skriftlig: resit) an examination,( med objekt) retake (, resit) ( fx it is not possible to retake single papers);[ lade kanden gå om] pass the jug;[ kanden gik om] the jug went round;[gå 3. klasse om] repeat the third class;[ gå omkring] walk about;[ der går en mur omkring byen] there is a wall round the town;[ gå omkring i gaderne] walk about the streets;[ gå op]( stige, også om pris) rise, go up;( pludseligt) fly open;( om sammenføjning) come apart, give way;(om knude etc) come undone,( om noget limet) come unstuck;( om regnestykke) come out, come right;( om kabale) come out;( om teatertæppe) rise;(om fly etc) take off;( om regnestykke) get out;(fig) it amounts to the same thing;( vi er kvit) we are quits;[ det gik op for mig at] I came to realize that, it dawned upon me that;[ gå op i](dvs interessere sig for) be absorbed in; give one's mind to;( gå helt op i) devote oneself to;( til eksamen) do an examination in a subject;[ selskabet er gået op i et andet] the company has become merged in another;[ to går op i fire] two will go into four; four is divisible by two;[ gå op i sin rolle] identify oneself with one's part;(se også I. lue, røg, I. spids);[gå op med 6%] rise (el. go up) by 6%;[ gå op til eksamen], se eksamen;[ gå over]( fra side til side) cross ( fx let us cross here), walk across;( fortage sig) pass off, wear off;( gå itu) break (in two),( pludseligt, med et smæld) snap;( overskride), se ndf: gå ud over;[ gå over i] pass into;[ gå over i historien], se historie;[ gå over på andre hænder] pass into other hands; change hands;[ gå over til] go over to ( fx the enemy; a Liberal MP went over to the Conservatives),(neds) defect to ( fx he defected to the rebels);( en mening) come round to;( en religion) go over to, be converted to;( anden virksomhed, andet emne) pass on to;( udvikles til) become, pass into;[ gå over til katolicismen] join (el. go over to) the Roman Catholic Church;[gå `på]( tage fat) go ahead, go on;( angribe) go for him (, them etc);( ske) happen ( fx it does not happen often);(om handske etc) go on;[` gå på](dvs angå) concern; be aimed at;[ den går han ikke `på] he won't swallow (el. S buy) that; that won't go down with him;[ det er hårdt at gå `på] it is tough luck;(se også løs);[ han lod sig ikke gå `på](dvs veg ikke) he stood his ground (like a man);(dvs genere) he did not turn a hair;[ det skal du ikke lade dig gå på af] don't let it get you down;[ der går 100 p på et pund] there are a hundred pence to a pound;[ gå rundt] walk about, go round;(se også rundt);[` gå sammen] walk (, leave) together;( om par) go out together,T date ( fx they have been dating for over a year);(dvs gøre det i fællesskab) do it together;[ gå sammen om at] join together to,(dvs skyde penge sammen) club together to ( fx buy him a present);[ gå sammen med dem om at] join forces with them to;[gå ` til]( fremskynde sin gang) walk faster,F quicken one's pace;( ske) come about, come (to pass), happen ( fx how did it happen? how did it come about that he was told? how did he come to lose themoney?);( kræves) be required,( forbruges) be spent, be consumed;( om fodtøj) break in ( fx new boots, new shoes);[ gå til den]T go it;[ det gik hedt til] feelings ran high,T the fur really flew;[ det gik livligt til] things got lively;[ det gik underligt til med den sag] it was a queer business;[ jeg er ved at gå ` til af varme] this heat is getting too much for me (el.is getting me down);valg);[ gå tilbage] go back,(især mil.) retreat;(fig) decline; fall off ( fx membership ( medlemstallet) fell off);[ lade handelen gå tilbage] call off the deal;[ det er gået tilbage for ham] he has come down in the world;[ vær venlig at gå tilbage i vognen!] pass right along the bus, please![ det går tilbage med ham] he is falling off; he is losing his grip;[ gå tilbage til] return to, go back to,( skrive sig fra) date from ( fx the house dates from the 17thcentury);[ gå ud] go out ( fx they go out a lot);( om planter) die;( udgå) be omitted, be left out, be dropped;[ gå ud ad døren] go out of the door;[ gå ud af] go out of, leave ( fx the room, school);[ gå ud fra]( forudsætte) assume, understand, take for granted ( fx I took it for granted that you would agree);( også) I take it that;[ gå ud fra en urigtig forudsætning] act on a wrong assumption;[ gå ud med én] go out with somebody;[ gå ud over](dvs overskride) go beyond ( fx what is reasonable), pass,F exceed ( fx all bounds alle grænser);( også) his work suffers;[ hans ondskab gik ud over ham selv] his malice rebounded on him;[ dette vil gå ud over ham] he will be the one to suffer for this;(dvs når noget går én imod) take it out on somebody else;[ lade sit raseri gå ud over] vent one's rage on;[ gå ud på]( tilsigte) aim at,( udtrykke) be to the effect (that);[ det går ud på at] the idea is that;[ hans stræben går ud på] his object (el. aim) is;[ jeg så hvad alt dette gik ud på] I perceived the drift of all this;[ jeg ved hvad dine ønsker går ud på] I know what your wishes are;[ gå uden om] walk (, go) round ( fx a hole in the road);(fig) get round ( fx the difficulty);( prøve at undgå) sidestep ( fx a problem),F evade ( fx the difficulty, the question);[ gå langt uden om én] give somebody a wide berth;[ gå udenom] go round ( fx the gate was shut so we had to go round),(fig: om sagens kerne) beat about the bush;[gå ` under](mar) go down,F founder;( bukke under) go under, go to the wall;( blive ødelagt) be destroyed;[ hvis verden går under] if the world comes to an end;(se også navn); -
58 slå
bang, bar, bat, batter, beat, get the better of, bolt, chime, clap, cuff, dash, defeat, drive, foil, hit, knock, lash, latch, mow, pulsate, punch, ram, sock, strike, swipe, throb* * *I. (en -er) bolt;[ skyde slåen for døren] bolt the door;[ skyde slåen fra døren] unbolt the door;(se også lås).II. vb (slog, slået)( med objekt) ( banke, ramme etc) beat ( fx he beats his wife),( om enkelt slag) hit ( fx never hit a child in anger; has somebody hit you? hit below the belt),( hårdt) knock ( fx knock him on the head; knock him unconscious),F strike ( fx he struck (, hit) me in the face with his fist);( med flad hånd) slap ( fx slap him in the face (, on the cheek, on the back)),T thwack;( hårdt) bump, knock ( fx one's head);( også) stun him;(fig) it struck me that;( besejre) beat,(mere F) defeat,T lick;( i skak) capture ( fx a pawn);( overgå) beat ( fx that beats everything);(eng, græs) mow ( fx the lawn), cut ( fx grass);( tegne) draw ( fx a circle);( præge) strike ( fx a medal);( spille på et instrument) strike ( fx the lyre), play ( fx the harp);( i terningspil) throw ( fx he threw 5);( uden objekt) ( om ur) strike;( om fugl) warble, sing;( om hjertet) beat,( hurtigt, F) throb;( om sejl) flap;( om alkohol) be heady,T kick, have a kick in it;( om gevær) kick;takt);[ forb med sig:][ slå sig] hurt oneself ( fx did you hurt yourself?), be hurt ( fx are you hurt?);( om træ) warp,(om skinne etc) buckle;[ slå sig for brystet] beat one's breast;[ slå sig igennem] fight one's way through,( klare sig) manage, rub along,( økonomisk) make both ends meet, scrape by;[ slå sig ihjel] be killed,F lose one's life;[ slå sig løs] break away,( more sig) let oneself go, have one's fling,T let one's hair down;[ slå sig ned]( bosætte sig) settle;( også) make one's home in;[ slå sig op](fig) prosper (på by), rise in the world;[ slå sig på]( om sygdom) attack, affect ( fx the lungs);(fig) go in for something, take up something ( fx a sport);( tilslutte sig én) attach oneself to somebody;[ slå sig på flasken] take to (el. go on) the bottle, take to drink;[ slå sig på låret] slap one's thigh;(dvs skyde penge sammen) club together;[ slå sig sammen om at] join together to; club together to ( fx buy him a present);[ slå sig til], se ridder, I. ro;[ forb med præp & adv:][ slå `af]( fjerne ved slag) knock off, strike off,( i pris) knock off, take off;( om dirigent) break off;[ han var ikke til at slå et ord af] I (, they etc) couldn't get a single word out of him;[ slå af på](fig) reduce ( fx the price, one's demands);[ slå an]( begynde at spille) strike up;( om vaccination) take;[ slå bagud] kick up;[ slå bak](mar) reverse the engines,(fig) reverse one's policy;[ slå efter én] strike at somebody, aim a blow at somebody;(i en bog etc) look up something;[ slå ` efter i en ordbog] consult a dictionary;[ slå med sten efter] throw stones at;[ slå fast] fix, nail down,(fig) establish, prove ( fx his innocence), demonstrate;[ jeg vil gerne slå fast at] I want to make it absolutely clear that;[ slå fejl] go wrong; fail ( fx the crops failed);[ slå en for penge] touch (el. tap) somebody for money;am hit somebody for money;( slå løs) knock off,( maskindel, fx bremse) release,( slukke for) switch off;( uden objekt: slukkes) cut out ( fx the heater cuts out when the temperature reaches 20ø C);[ slå fra sig] defend oneself, fight back;[ slå det hen] pass it off,T shrug it off,( bagatellisere det) make light of it,T pooh-pooh it;[ slå noget hen i spøg] laugh something off, pass something off with a laugh;[ slå i bordet] thump the table,(fig) put one's foot down;[ slå bremserne `i] put (, voldsomt: jam el. slam) the brakes on,(fig) put the brakes on;[ slå døren `i] slam the door;[ slå en klo i], se klo;[ et brøl slog os i møde] we were met (el. greeted) by a roar;[ lugten slog os i møde] we were met by the smell;[ slå i stykker], se I. stykke;[ slå et søm i] drive (el. knock el. hammer) in a nail;[ slå et søm i væggen] drive (el. knock) a nail into the wall;( trænge igennem) strike through, come through,(om ideer etc) become generally accepted, penetrate,( om bog) make a hit,( om kunstner) make a name for oneself, come to the front, become recognized;( blive effektiv) work (its way) through ( fx the price rises will take two months to work (their way) through (to the shops));[ slå ihjel] kill,F put to death;[ slå tiden ihjel] kill time;[ slå imod] strike (against),[ slå ind] knock in,( med hammer) hammer in,( knuse) break, smash (in) ( fx a window, a door),( tøndestaver, skibsside) stave in;( i gartneri) heel in;( blive opsuget) soak in;( om sygdom) strike inwards;[ det slog ind med regn] rain set in;[ slå ind på](fx en vej) strike into, turn into, take ( fx a path, a road);F enter upon;[ slå itu] break, smash, dash to pieces;[ slå en halvtredskroneseddel itu] break into a 50-kroner note;[ han slog løs](dvs hamrede) he hammered away;[ slå kvæget løs] let the cattle loose;[ slå løs på en] pitch into somebody;[ slå med døren] slam the door;[ slå med nakken] toss one's head;[ slå med sten] throw stones ( efter at);[ fuglen slår med vingerne] the bird flaps its wings;(dvs få til at falde ned) knock down ( fx the vase);( sænke) let down ( fx the blind), lower ( fx one's visor), pull down;( folde sammen) put down ( fx an umbrella, a hood ( kaleche));( slå til jorden, slå i gulvet) knock down;( dyr) slaughter, kill, destroy;(afgrøde etc) put down, flatten;( i gartneri) heel in;( undertrykke) put down ( fx a rebellion, riots),( stærkere) crush (down),F suppress;( bringe til tavshed) silence ( fx criticism, protests);( falde) fall ( fx bullets fell among the crowd), drop;( om lyn) strike;[ slå feberen ned] get the temperature down;[ slå kraven ned] turn down one's collar;[ blæsten får røgen til at slå ned] the wind beats down the smoke;[ slå termometret ned] shake down the thermometer;[ slå øjnene ned] cast down one's eyes; drop one's eyes;[ det slog ned i ham] it suddenly occurred to him (el. struck him);(se også lyn);[ slå ned på]( om rovfugl) swoop down on ( fx its prey), pounce on;(fig: vælge, især til noget ubehageligt) pick on ( fx the teacher picked on me), fasten on,( begærligt) pounce on ( fx a mistake);[ slå hårdt ned på] clamp (el. crack) down on ( fx tax evasion);[ slå om]( vikle om) wrap round ( fx wrap a shawl round somebody), pass round( fx pass a rope round something);( uden objekt) ( om vejret) change;( om vinden) shift;( skifte mening) change one's mind;( skifte tone) change one's tune;( skifte emne) change the subject (of conversation);( skifte taktik) shift one's ground; reverse one's policy;[ slå armene om en] throw one's arms round somebody;[ slå om sig] hit out (in all directions),(med stok etc) lay about (one);[ slå om sig med citater, eder etc] lard one's conversation (, one's writings) with quotations, oaths, etc;[ slå om sig med penge] throw (el. chuck el. splash) one's money about, spend lavishly;[ det er slået om til tø] a thaw has set in;[ hans kærlighed slog om til had] his love turned to hatred;[ slå op]( åbne) open ( fx a book);( en plakat) put up, stick (up);( i strikning) cast on;(ord etc i bog) look up;( smøge op) turn up ( fx one's collar);( opreklamere) boost;( om flammer) leap up;(om lyd etc) surge up;[ slå en kaleche (, en paraply) op] put up a hood (, an umbrella);[ slå en latter op] burst into a laugh;[ slå en stilling op] advertise a post;[ slå æg op] break eggs (i into);[ slå øjnene op] open one's eyes;(se også I. brød);( i avis) splash something;[ slå forretningen (etc) stort op] start in a grand style;[ slå op i en ordbog] consult a dictionary;[ slå det op i en ordbog] look it up in a dictionary;[ slå op med hende] break off the engagement (with her);[ slå op på side 7!] open your book(s) on page 7! turn to page 7![ slå over]( om stemme) break;[ blive slået over bord ( af bølgerne)] be washed overboard;[ bølgerne slog over dækket] the waves washed over the deck;(se også bro);[ slå over i] change into ( fx English),( bevægelse) break into ( fx a gallop);(fig) change one's tune;[ slå på] beat (on), strike (on),( let) tap (on) ( fx tap somebody on the shoulder);(fig: antyde) hint at,( nævne) mention,( fremhæve) stress;(se også flugt, I. tromme);[ slå sig på] take to ( fx drink, gardening),( om sygdom) affect;[ slå sammen]( folde sammen) fold up ( fx a screen);( forene) combine, pool,T knock into one;(merk) merge, amalgamate ( fx two companies);( sammenfatte) lump (together), bracket (together);( lukke sig) close;( ramme hinanden) knock together;[ slå hælene sammen] click one's heels;[ slå hænderne sammen] clap one's hands,( i forfærdelse) throw up one's hands in horror;[` slå til] strike;( slå løs) hammer away,( slå hårdt til bolden) hit out,(fig) strike ( fx the Government decided to strike);( være nok) suffice,(" strække") last;( gå i opfyldelse) prove correct, come true ( fx his prediction came true), turn out to be true;( sige ja) accept, accept the terms (, the offer);(dvs rækker ikke langt) it does not go far;[ han syntes ikke han slog til] he felt inadequate,( i sit arbejde) he did not feel equal to the job;[ slå tilbage] throw back, push back;( angreb) beat off,F repel, repulse;( springe tilbage) rebound;( genlyde) be thrown back,F resound;(om fjeder etc) recoil;[ slå ud]( med slag) knock out;( knuse, fx rude) break, smash;( folde ud) spread ( fx the bird spread its wings),( om hår) let down;( hælde ud) pour out,( en spand) empty;(i boksning og fig) knock out;( rival, konkurrent) cut out;( om flammer og røg) burst out, pour out;( om sygdom) break out;( få udslæt) break (el. come) out in spots (, in a rash);[ slå glasset ud af hånden på én] knock the glass out of somebody's hand;(fig) he was quite finished;(fig: lytte) prick up one's ears;[ slå det ud af hovedet] put it out of one's head;[ slå ud efter] hit out at;[ slå ud i lys lue], se I. lue;[ slå ud med armene] gesticulate,( ubehersket) fling one's arms about;[ slå øjet ud på én] knock out somebody's eye. -
59 juntar
v.1 to put together.poco a poco ha juntado una valiosa colección de cuadros she has gradually put together a valuable collection of paintingsjuntaron todos los departamentos en un solo edificio they brought all the departments together in a single building2 to join, to connect, to piece together, to put together.Elsa junta los cables Elsa joins the wires.3 to assemble, to bunch up, to bring together, to combine.Ellos juntaron un equipo ganador They assembled a winning team.4 to gather together, to get together, to pull together.Ellos juntaron varios candidatos They gathered together several candidates* * *2 familiar (coleccionar) to collect3 (reunir - dinero) to raise; (- gente) to gather together1 (unirse) to join, get together; (ríos, caminos) to meet2 (acercarse) to squeeze up■ juntaos un poco que no quepo squeeze up, I can't get in4 (amancebarse) to move in ( con, with), start living together* * *verb1) to unite2) assemble, collect3) gather4) pool•- juntarse- juntarse con* * *1. VT1) (=colocar juntos) to put togetherjuntar dinero — (=ahorrar) to save, save up; (=reunir fondos) to raise funds, fundraise
2) (=reunir) [+ amigos, conocidos] to get together; [+ participantes, concursantes] to bring together¿cómo consiguió el director juntar tantas estrellas en una misma película? — how did the director manage to bring together so many stars o get so many stars together in one film?
la final ha juntado a los dos mejores equipos del mundo — the final has brought together the two best teams in the world
3) (=coleccionar) [+ sellos, objetos] to collect4) (=entornar) [+ puerta, ventana] to push to2.See:* * *1.verbo transitivoa) ( unir) <pies/manos/camas> to put... togetherb) ( reunir)2.juntar monedas/sellos — (esp AmL) to collect coins/stamps
juntarse v pron1) personasa) ( acercarse) to move o get closer togetherjúntense más, así salen todos en la foto — get (in) o move (in) closer together so I can get you all in the picture
b) ( reunirse) to get togetherjuntarse con alguien — to join somebody, meet up with somebody
c) ( relacionarse)juntarse con alguien: yo no me junto con gente de su calaña I don't mix with her sort; se empezó a juntar con malas compañías — she fell into bad company
d) ( como pareja) to live together2)a) desgracias/sucesos to come togetherb) carreteras/conductos to meet, join* * *= assemble, piece together, bundle, pool, put together.Ex. In this case all the works of a given author will be assembled on the shelf under his/her name as well, so it is not really in conflict and I think there is a misinterpretation.Ex. During his stay in Laputa, Captain Gulliver was very impressed by a book-writing machine which produced fragments of sentences which were dictated to scribes and later pieced together.Ex. CD-ROM products that combine, or bundle, related information services will be at the forefront because of their usefulness to end-users.Ex. The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.Ex. The way in which this scheme is put together in book form often causes some confusion at first.----* Dios los cría y ellos se juntan = birds of a feather flock together.* juntarse = be together.* juntarse con = kick + it with.* juntarse el hambre con las ganas de comer = made for each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.* juntar sin solapar = butt together.* * *1.verbo transitivoa) ( unir) <pies/manos/camas> to put... togetherb) ( reunir)2.juntar monedas/sellos — (esp AmL) to collect coins/stamps
juntarse v pron1) personasa) ( acercarse) to move o get closer togetherjúntense más, así salen todos en la foto — get (in) o move (in) closer together so I can get you all in the picture
b) ( reunirse) to get togetherjuntarse con alguien — to join somebody, meet up with somebody
c) ( relacionarse)juntarse con alguien: yo no me junto con gente de su calaña I don't mix with her sort; se empezó a juntar con malas compañías — she fell into bad company
d) ( como pareja) to live together2)a) desgracias/sucesos to come togetherb) carreteras/conductos to meet, join* * *= assemble, piece together, bundle, pool, put together.Ex: In this case all the works of a given author will be assembled on the shelf under his/her name as well, so it is not really in conflict and I think there is a misinterpretation.
Ex: During his stay in Laputa, Captain Gulliver was very impressed by a book-writing machine which produced fragments of sentences which were dictated to scribes and later pieced together.Ex: CD-ROM products that combine, or bundle, related information services will be at the forefront because of their usefulness to end-users.Ex: The results of two studies of the way reference librarians work were pooled to provide an understanding of the important features necessary in software for computerized reference work.Ex: The way in which this scheme is put together in book form often causes some confusion at first.* Dios los cría y ellos se juntan = birds of a feather flock together.* juntarse = be together.* juntarse con = kick + it with.* juntarse el hambre con las ganas de comer = made for each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.* juntar sin solapar = butt together.* * *juntar [A1 ]vt1 (unir) ‹pies/manos/camas› to put … togethersi juntamos dos mesas, cabremos todos if we put two tables together we'll all be able to fit roundcomo faltó un profesor, juntaron dos clases one teacher was away so they combined two classes o put two classes togetherjunta los verdes con los azules put the green ones and the blue ones together2(reunir): junta las fichas y ponlas en la caja collect up the counters and put them in the boxtendrás que juntar fuerzas para decírselo you'll have to pluck up courage to tell himestán juntando (dinero) para el viaje they are saving (up) for the tripme va a llevar tiempo juntar el dinero it's going to take me some time to get the money together o to raise the moneyjunta monedas/sellos ( esp AmL); she collects coins/stamps3(cerrar): junta la puerta push the door to■ juntarseA «personas»1 (acercarse) to move o get closer togetherjúntense más, así salen todos en la foto get (in) o move (in) closer together so I can get you all in the picture2 (reunirse) to get togethertenemos que juntarnos un día para tomar una copa we must get together for a drink one of these daysse juntó con nosotros en Caracas he met up with us o joined us in Caracasnos juntamos para comprarle un regalo we got o ( BrE) clubbed together to buy her a present¡vaya dos que se han juntado! what a pair!3 (relacionarse) juntarse CON algn:yo no me junto con gente de su calaña I don't mix with her sortse empezó a juntar con malas compañías she fell into bad companyno me junto más contigo ( leng infantil); I'm not playing with you any more4(como pareja): no se podían casar, así que se juntaron they couldn't get married so they started living togetherse volvieron a juntar they got back together againB1 «desgracias/sucesos» to come together¡este mes se nos ha juntado todo! this month it's just been one thing after anotherse juntó el accidente del niño con lo de la mudanza their son's accident came right on top of the move o came just as they were moving house2 «carreteras/conductos» to meet, join* * *
juntar ( conjugate juntar) verbo transitivo
‹ dinero› to save (up);◊ juntar sellos (esp AmL) to collect stamps
juntarse verbo pronominal
1 [ personas]
c) ( como pareja) to live together;
2
juntar verbo transitivo
1 (unir) to join, put together: juntaremos las sillas, we'll put the chairs together
(ensamblar) to assemble
2 (reunir a personas) quiere juntar a toda la familia, she wants to get all her family together
(reunir animales) to round up
4 (coleccionar) to collect
5 (una cantidad de dinero) to raise
' juntar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
aglomerar
- reunir
- amontonar
English:
assemble
- connect
- gather
- join
- join up
- piece together
- pool
- put together
- throw together
- collect
- hoard
- piece
- put
* * *♦ vt1. [unir] to put together;junta los pies put your feet together;como no cabíamos todos, decidimos juntar las mesas as we didn't all fit, we decided to push the tables together;junté los cables con cinta aislante I tied the wires together with some insulating tape2. [reunir] to put together;[cromos, sellos, monedas] to collect; [fondos] to raise; [personas] to bring together;poco a poco ha juntado una valiosa colección de cuadros she has gradually put together a valuable collection of paintings;he ido juntando dinero todo el año para las vacaciones I've been saving up all year for my Br holidays o US vacation;juntaron todos los departamentos en un solo edificio they brought all the departments together in a single building* * *v/t1 put together; bienes collect, accumulate2 gente gather together* * *juntar vt1) unir: to unite, to combine, to put together2) reunir: to collect, to gather together, to assemble3) : to close partwayjuntar la puerta: to leave the door ajar* * *juntar vb2. (unir) to join together3. (reunir) to get together -
60 Schoß
[∫o:s] m; -es, Schöße1. lap; auf jemandes Schoß sitzen sit on s.o.’s lap ( weiter vorn: knee); sie nahm das Kind auf den Schoß she took the child on her lap; komm auf meinen Schoß! come (and) sit on my lap ( oder knee); die Hände in den Schoß legen fig. sit back and take things easy; (Daumen drehen) twiddle one’s thumbs; es ist ihm in den Schoß gefallen fig. it just fell into his lap; ihm ist nichts in den Schoß gefallen he had to work for everything, he never had it easy3. fig., der Familie etc.: bosom; in den Schoß der Familie / Kirche zurückkehren return to the (family) fold / flock (of the church); ( sicher) wie in Abrahams Schoß umg. safe as houses, Am. safe as can be; sich wie in Abrahams Schoß fühlen feel protected* * *der Schoß(Anatomie) lap;(Mutterleib) loins; womb* * *I [ʃoːs] -es, -e ['ʃøːsə]m1) lapdie Hände in den Schóß legen (lit) — to put one's hands in one's lap; (fig) to sit back (and take it easy)
das ist ihm nicht in den Schóß gefallen (fig) — it wasn't handed (to) him on a plate, it didn't just fall into his lap
See:→ Abrahamim Schóße der Familie/Kirche — in the bosom of one's family/of the church
im Schóß der Erde — in the bowels of the earth
in den Schóß der Familie/Kirche zurückkehren (fig) — to return to the bosom of one's family/the church
3) (an Kleidungsstück) tailII [ʃoːs]f -, -en or -e['ʃøːsə] (Aus) skirt* * *(the part from waist to knees of a person who is sitting: The baby was lying in its mother's lap.) lap* * *<-es, Schöße>[ʃɔs, pl ˈʃø:sə]m1. ANAT lapjdn auf den \Schoß nehmen to take sb on one's lap4.▶ etw fällt jdm in den \Schoß sth falls into sb's lap▶ im \Schoß der Familie in the bosom of the family* * *der; Schoßes, Schöße1) lapein Kind auf den Schoß nehmen — take or sit a child on one's lap
die Hände in den Schoß legen — (fig.) sit back and do nothing
jemandem in den Schoß fallen — (fig.) just fall into somebody's lap
im Schoß der Familie/der Kirche — (fig.) in the bosom of the family/of Mother Church; s. auch Hand 6)
2) (geh.): (Mutterleib) womb* * *1. lap;auf jemandes Schoß sitzen sit on sb’s lap ( weiter vorn: knee);sie nahm das Kind auf den Schoß she took the child on her lap;komm auf meinen Schoß! come (and) sit on my lap ( oder knee);die Hände in den Schoß legen fig sit back and take things easy; (Daumen drehen) twiddle one’s thumbs;es ist ihm in den Schoß gefallen fig it just fell into his lap;ihm ist nichts in den Schoß gefallen he had to work for everything, he never had it easy2. geh (Mutterleib) womb;ein Kind im Schoß tragen geh be bearing a child3. fig, der Familie etc: bosom;in den Schoß der Familie/Kirche zurückkehren return to the (family) fold/flock (of the church);sich wie in Abrahams Schoß fühlen feel protectedmit wehenden Schößen with coat tails flying* * *der; Schoßes, Schöße1) lapein Kind auf den Schoß nehmen — take or sit a child on one's lap
die Hände in den Schoß legen — (fig.) sit back and do nothing
jemandem in den Schoß fallen — (fig.) just fall into somebody's lap
im Schoß der Familie/der Kirche — (fig.) in the bosom of the family/of Mother Church; s. auch Hand 6)
2) (geh.): (Mutterleib) womb* * *¨-e m.lap n.womb n.
См. также в других словарях:
fell in the hands of — fell into the trap of … English contemporary dictionary
fell into the trap — fell in the hands of, was caught in the net … English contemporary dictionary
fall into somebody's the hands of somebody — fall into sb s ˈhands/the ˈhands of sb idiom (formal) to become controlled by sb • The town fell into enemy hands. • We don t want this document falling into the wrong hands … Useful english dictionary
Others look into the Dreyfus Affair — This article is part of the Dreyfus affair series. Investigation and arrest Trial and conviction Picquart s investigations Other investigations Public scandal J accuse...! Zola … Wikipedia
The Byzantine Empire — The Byzantine Empire † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Byzantine Empire The ancient Roman Empire having been divided into two parts, an Eastern and a Western, the Eastern remained subject to successors of Constantine, whose capital was at … Catholic encyclopedia
The United States of America — The United States of America † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America BOUNDARIES AND AREA On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Holy Lance — The Holy Lance † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Holy Lance We read in the Gospel of St. John (xix, 34), that, after our Saviour s death, one of the soldiers with a spear [lancea] opened his side and immediately there came out blood and… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Smiling, Proud Wanderer — (zh tsp|t=笑傲江湖|s=笑傲江湖|p=xiào ào jiāng hú) is a 1967 Chinese language wuxia novel written by Louis Cha, who was better known as Jinyong.The term Xiao Ao Jiang Hu (笑傲江湖) means to live a carefree life in a mundane world of strife. An alternative… … Wikipedia
The Franks — The Franks † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Franks The Franks were a confederation formed in Western Germany of a certain number of ancient barbarian tribes who occupied the right shore of the Rhine from Mainz to the sea. Their name is… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Cross and Crucifix in Liturgy — The Cross and Crucifix in Liturgy † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Cross and Crucifix in Liturgy (1) Material Objects in Liturgical Use; (2) Liturgical Forms connected with Them; (3) Festivals Commemorative of the Holy Cross;… … Catholic encyclopedia
fall into the wrong hands — to come to be held or possessed by the wrong person or group There could be a disaster if the weapons fell into the wrong hands. • • • Main Entry: ↑fall fall into the wrong hands see ↑fall, 1 • • • Main Entry: ↑hand fall into the wrong hands … Useful english dictionary